1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
30 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
31 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
35 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
37 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
38 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
39 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
42 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
43 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
45 % redefine the greyed out note
46 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
47 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
49 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
54 \font_typewriter default
55 \font_default_family default
64 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
65 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
69 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
70 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
71 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
76 \pdf_pagebackref false
77 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
78 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
85 \paperorientation portrait
96 \paragraph_separation indent
98 \quotes_language english
101 \paperpagestyle default
102 \tracking_changes false
103 \output_changes false
106 \extra_embedded_files ""
120 \begin_layout PlainLayout
122 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
125 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
137 \begin_layout Standard
138 \begin_inset Note Note
141 \begin_layout PlainLayout
142 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
146 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
154 \begin_layout Standard
155 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
156 LatexCommand tableofcontents
163 \begin_layout Chapter
167 \begin_layout Section
171 \begin_layout Standard
172 LyX is a document preparation system.
173 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
174 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
175 It is unlike most other
176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
183 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
185 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
197 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
202 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
206 \begin_layout Standard
207 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
220 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
224 \begin_layout Standard
226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
237 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
238 the format of all of the manuals.
239 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
240 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
257 \begin_layout Section
261 \begin_layout Standard
262 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
264 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
265 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
267 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
286 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
289 \begin_layout Standard
290 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
291 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
292 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
294 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
295 only a vertical scrollbar.
296 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
297 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
298 This, however, is due
299 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
300 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
301 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
302 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
304 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
305 this doesn't work for equations yet.
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
317 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
322 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
323 ing sections of this documentation.
326 \begin_layout Section
330 \begin_layout Standard
331 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
336 of the manuals from inside LyX.
337 Just select the manual you want read from the
344 \begin_layout Section
346 \begin_inset CommandInset label
348 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
355 \begin_layout Standard
356 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
357 without resorting to configuration files.
358 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
359 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
360 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
366 \begin_layout PlainLayout
375 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
376 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
377 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
378 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
380 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
387 \begin_layout PlainLayout
388 Reconfiguration of LyX
393 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
396 \begin_layout Section
398 \begin_inset CommandInset label
400 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
407 \begin_layout Standard
408 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
409 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
417 \begin_layout PlainLayout
432 that will be created when using the menu
434 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
439 \begin_layout PlainLayout
453 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
454 \begin_inset Note Note
457 \begin_layout PlainLayout
458 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
466 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
467 More on ERT is described in section
472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
478 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
485 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
498 \begin_layout PlainLayout
499 Reconfiguration of LyX
507 \begin_layout Chapter
511 \begin_layout Section
512 Basic File Operations
516 \begin_layout PlainLayout
525 \begin_layout Standard
530 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
534 \begin_layout Itemize
540 \begin_layout Itemize
558 \begin_layout Itemize
564 \begin_layout Itemize
570 \begin_layout Itemize
576 \begin_layout Itemize
586 \begin_layout Itemize
600 \begin_layout Itemize
610 \begin_layout Itemize
616 \begin_layout Itemize
622 \begin_layout Itemize
628 \begin_layout Itemize
634 \begin_layout Standard
635 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
636 a few minor differences.
639 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
654 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
655 you for a template to use.
656 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
657 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
658 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
664 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
666 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
673 \begin_layout Standard
675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
698 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
699 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
702 \begin_layout Standard
723 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
727 \begin_layout PlainLayout
728 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
753 will reload the document from disk.
754 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
755 and want to restore it to the last save.
764 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
765 can identify this as your changes.
768 \begin_layout Section
769 Basic Editing Features
773 \begin_layout PlainLayout
780 \begin_inset CommandInset label
782 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
789 \begin_layout Standard
790 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
791 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
792 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
793 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
795 We'll start with cut and paste.
798 \begin_layout Standard
799 As you might expect, the
803 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
804 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
808 \begin_layout Itemize
814 \begin_layout Itemize
820 \begin_layout Itemize
826 \begin_layout Itemize
836 \begin_layout Itemize
846 \begin_layout Itemize
860 \begin_layout Standard
861 The first three are self-explanatory.
862 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
863 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
872 keys also functions as the
877 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
878 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
883 to get back the lost text.
886 \begin_layout Standard
890 \begin_layout PlainLayout
896 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
905 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
908 \begin_layout Standard
911 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
916 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
927 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
933 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
942 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
943 will start a new paragraph.
946 \begin_layout Standard
950 \begin_layout PlainLayout
960 \begin_layout PlainLayout
968 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
992 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
997 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1000 \begin_inset Space ~
1009 \begin_inset Space ~
1014 button to skip the current word.
1018 \begin_inset Space ~
1023 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1027 \begin_inset Space ~
1032 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1034 If the toggle is set, searching for
1035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1046 will not match the word
1047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1061 Match whole words only
1063 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1091 \begin_layout Standard
1092 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1093 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1095 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1100 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1107 \begin_layout Section
1112 \begin_layout PlainLayout
1122 \begin_layout PlainLayout
1129 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1131 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1138 \begin_layout Standard
1139 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1140 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1143 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1146 to undo some mistake.
1147 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1149 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1160 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
1165 \begin_layout Standard
1166 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1167 it was last saved, the
1168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1175 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1176 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1179 \begin_layout Standard
1188 work on almost everything in LyX.
1189 They have some quirks, too.
1198 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1199 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1207 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1208 surely appreciate how it works.
1211 \begin_layout Section
1216 \begin_layout PlainLayout
1225 \begin_layout Standard
1226 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1229 \begin_layout Enumerate
1234 \begin_layout Itemize
1239 once anywhere in the edit window.
1240 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1244 \begin_layout Enumerate
1249 \begin_layout Itemize
1255 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1258 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1261 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1264 \begin_layout Itemize
1265 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1267 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1274 \begin_layout Enumerate
1275 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1279 \begin_layout Standard
1284 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1285 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1286 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1290 \begin_layout Enumerate
1295 \begin_layout Standard
1300 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1305 \begin_layout Section
1307 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1309 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1317 \begin_layout PlainLayout
1326 \begin_layout Standard
1327 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1328 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1330 LyX's default is CUA.
1333 \begin_layout Standard
1337 \begin_inset Space ~
1345 \begin_inset Space ~
1366 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1370 \begin_layout Labeling
1371 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1375 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1376 LatexCommand nomenclature
1378 description "Tabulator key"
1384 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1385 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1386 \begin_inset Space ~
1390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1392 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1397 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1399 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1403 , especially section
1404 \begin_inset Space ~
1408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1410 reference "sub:Lists"
1416 If you're still confused, look in the
1423 \begin_layout Labeling
1424 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1428 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1429 LatexCommand nomenclature
1431 description "Escape key"
1438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1445 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1446 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1449 \begin_layout Labeling
1450 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1456 \begin_inset Space ~
1460 \begin_inset Space ~
1467 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1468 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1472 \begin_layout Standard
1473 There are three modifier keys:
1476 \begin_layout Labeling
1477 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1495 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1496 LatexCommand nomenclature
1498 description "Control key"
1502 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1503 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1507 \begin_layout Itemize
1516 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1519 \begin_layout Itemize
1528 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1531 \begin_layout Itemize
1540 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1544 \begin_layout Labeling
1545 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1563 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1564 LatexCommand nomenclature
1566 description "Shift key"
1570 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1571 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1574 \begin_layout Labeling
1575 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1593 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1594 LatexCommand nomenclature
1596 description "Meta or Alt key"
1600 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1601 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1602 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1608 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1610 menu accelerator keys
1613 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1614 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1618 \begin_layout Standard
1619 For example, the sequence
1620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1626 \begin_inset Space ~
1630 \begin_inset Space ~
1636 \begin_inset Space ~
1644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1667 \begin_inset Space ~
1673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1683 \begin_layout Standard
1684 There are also other things bound to the
1688 key, but you'll have to check in the
1700 \begin_layout Standard
1701 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1702 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1703 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1704 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1705 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1706 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1707 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1723 followed by a capital
1729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1747 \begin_layout Chapter
1752 \begin_layout PlainLayout
1761 \begin_layout Section
1766 \begin_layout PlainLayout
1775 \begin_layout Subsection
1779 \begin_layout Standard
1780 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1781 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1782 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1783 numbering schemes, and so on.
1784 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1785 and format the title of your document differently.
1788 \begin_layout Standard
1793 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1794 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1795 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1796 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1797 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1800 \begin_layout Standard
1801 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1802 how to adjust their properties.
1805 \begin_layout Subsection
1810 \begin_layout PlainLayout
1817 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1819 name "sec:Document-Classes"
1826 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1830 \begin_layout Standard
1831 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1835 \begin_layout Description
1836 Article for basic articles
1839 \begin_layout Description
1840 Report for basic reports
1843 \begin_layout Description
1844 Book for writing a book
1847 \begin_layout Description
1848 Letter for US-style letters
1851 \begin_layout Standard
1852 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1854 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1855 can be found in chapter
1857 Special Document Classes
1866 \begin_layout Description
1867 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1870 \begin_layout Description
1877 \begin_layout PlainLayout
1886 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1890 \begin_layout Description
1891 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1892 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1893 There are three article layouts available.
1894 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1895 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1896 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1897 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1902 sequential numbering
1903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1906 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1907 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1908 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1909 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1912 \begin_layout Description
1913 Beamer Layout for presentations
1916 \begin_layout Description
1917 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1918 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1922 \begin_layout Description
1924 \begin_inset Space ~
1927 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1930 \begin_layout Description
1931 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1934 \begin_layout Description
1937 Die TeXnische Komödie
1939 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1942 \begin_layout Description
1943 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1946 \begin_layout Description
1947 Foils Used to make transparencies
1950 \begin_layout Description
1951 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1954 \begin_layout Description
1955 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1956 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1960 \begin_layout Description
1961 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1962 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1965 \begin_layout Description
1966 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1969 \begin_layout Description
1970 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1973 \begin_layout Description
1974 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1975 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1978 \begin_layout Description
1979 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1982 \begin_layout Description
1987 LaTeX document class
1990 \begin_layout Description
1991 Powerdot Layout for presentations
1994 \begin_layout Description
1999 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2006 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2007 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2009 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2012 \begin_layout Description
2013 Slides Used to make transparencies
2016 \begin_layout Description
2018 \begin_inset Space ~
2021 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2022 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2025 \begin_layout Description
2026 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2029 \begin_layout Description
2034 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2037 \begin_layout Standard
2038 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2040 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2045 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2046 of the document classes.
2049 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2053 \begin_layout Standard
2054 You can select a class using the
2056 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2061 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2070 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2074 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2078 \begin_layout Standard
2079 Each class has a default set of options.
2080 Here's a quick table describing them:
2083 \begin_layout Standard
2084 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2090 \begin_layout Standard
2092 \begin_inset Tabular
2093 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2095 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
2096 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
2097 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
2098 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
2099 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
2100 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
2101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2104 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2113 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2131 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2149 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2167 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2183 <row topline="true">
2184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2187 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2204 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2222 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2240 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2258 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2274 <row topline="true">
2275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2278 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2295 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2313 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2331 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2349 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2365 <row topline="true">
2366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2369 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2386 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2404 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2422 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2440 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2456 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
2457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2460 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2477 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2495 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2513 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2531 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2553 \begin_layout Standard
2554 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2560 \begin_layout Standard
2561 You're probably also wondering what
2562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2566 \begin_inset Space ~
2570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2574 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2575 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2580 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2585 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2595 headings, there are also
2603 headings, and so on.
2604 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2605 \begin_inset Space ~
2609 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2611 reference "sub:Headings"
2618 \begin_layout Subsection
2623 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2630 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2632 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2642 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2651 \begin_layout Standard
2652 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2654 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2665 \begin_inset Space ~
2670 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2672 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2673 to use for your document.
2674 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2678 \begin_layout Standard
2682 \begin_inset Space ~
2691 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2692 You can choose between the following five options:
2695 \begin_layout Labeling
2696 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2701 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2704 \begin_layout Labeling
2705 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2710 No page numbers or headings.
2713 \begin_layout Labeling
2714 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2722 \begin_layout Labeling
2723 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2728 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2729 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2730 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2733 \begin_layout Labeling
2734 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2739 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2746 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2747 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
2755 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2756 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2758 Check the documentation for the
2762 package for more details,
2763 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
2772 \begin_layout Standard
2777 of paragraphs is described in section
2778 \begin_inset Space ~
2782 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2784 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2791 \begin_layout Subsection
2792 Paper Size and Orientation
2796 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2797 Document ! Paper size
2803 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2805 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2812 \begin_layout Standard
2813 You'll find the following options in the menu
2816 \begin_inset Space ~
2821 of the dialog of the
2823 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2832 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2841 \begin_layout Labeling
2842 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2847 What size paper to print on.
2851 \begin_layout Itemize
2857 \begin_layout Itemize
2867 \begin_layout Itemize
2873 \begin_layout Itemize
2879 \begin_layout Itemize
2885 \begin_layout Itemize
2891 \begin_layout Itemize
2897 \begin_layout Labeling
2898 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2903 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2914 \begin_layout Labeling
2915 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2919 \begin_inset Space ~
2924 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2925 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2928 \begin_layout Subsection
2933 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2940 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2950 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2959 \begin_layout Standard
2960 Paper margins are set in the menu
2962 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2971 \begin_layout PlainLayout
2980 \begin_layout Standard
2981 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
2982 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
2983 the paper format and the font size into account.
2986 \begin_layout Subsection
2990 \begin_layout Standard
2991 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
2996 That includes the paragraph environments.
2997 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
2998 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
2999 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3000 paragraph environments to
3004 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3005 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3006 the conversion and why it failed.
3009 \begin_layout Section
3010 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3014 \begin_layout PlainLayout
3015 Paragraph ! Indentation
3023 \begin_layout Subsection
3025 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3027 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3034 \begin_layout Standard
3035 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3036 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3039 \begin_layout Standard
3040 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3041 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3042 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3043 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3047 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3053 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3054 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3055 language than English.
3056 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3059 \begin_layout Standard
3060 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3061 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3063 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3064 LyX takes care of that.
3065 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3067 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3068 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3069 of a page, and so on.
3073 \begin_layout PlainLayout
3074 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3079 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3080 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3084 of these pre-coded spacings.
3085 We'll explain more later.
3088 \begin_layout Subsection
3089 Paragraph Separation
3093 \begin_layout PlainLayout
3094 Paragraph ! Separation
3102 \begin_layout Standard
3103 To separate paragraphs, select
3114 \begin_inset Space ~
3121 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3126 \begin_layout PlainLayout
3134 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3135 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3136 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3139 \begin_layout Standard
3149 \begin_layout Standard
3150 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3151 \begin_inset Space ~
3155 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3157 reference "cap:Units"
3162 The default length is 30
3163 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
3169 \begin_layout Subsection
3173 \begin_layout Standard
3174 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3177 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3179 \begin_inset Space ~
3184 dialog and toggle the
3187 \begin_inset Space ~
3192 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3193 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3194 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3198 \begin_layout Standard
3199 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3200 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3203 \begin_layout Subsection
3208 \begin_layout PlainLayout
3209 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3217 \begin_layout Standard
3220 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3225 \begin_layout PlainLayout
3233 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3236 \begin_inset Space ~
3245 \begin_layout PlainLayout
3246 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3252 \begin_layout PlainLayout
3253 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3260 installed to use this feature.
3268 \begin_layout Section
3269 Paragraph Environments
3273 \begin_layout PlainLayout
3274 Paragraph ! Environments
3280 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3282 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3290 \begin_layout PlainLayout
3291 Paragraph environments|(
3299 \begin_layout Subsection
3303 \begin_layout Standard
3304 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
3307 \begin_layout Standard
3327 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
3328 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3329 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3338 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3341 \begin_layout Standard
3342 A paragraph environment is simply a
3343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3347 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3350 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3351 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3352 scheme, labels, and so on.
3353 Additionally, you can
3354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3361 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3362 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3363 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3364 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3365 days of typewriters.
3366 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3368 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3371 \begin_layout Standard
3372 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3374 LyX will change the environment of the
3378 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3379 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3380 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3384 \begin_layout Standard
3393 create a new paragraph using the
3397 paragraph environment.
3399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3406 because if you are in one of these environments:
3409 \begin_layout Itemize
3415 \begin_layout Itemize
3421 \begin_layout Itemize
3427 \begin_layout Itemize
3433 \begin_layout Itemize
3439 \begin_layout Itemize
3445 \begin_layout Itemize
3451 \begin_layout Standard
3452 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3456 , rather than resetting it to
3461 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3462 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3463 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3464 \begin_inset Space ~
3468 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3470 reference "sec:Nesting"
3475 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3480 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3481 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3489 \begin_layout Subsection
3493 \begin_layout Standard
3494 The default paragraph environment is
3499 It creates a plain paragraph.
3500 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3501 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3502 this manual) are in the
3509 \begin_layout Standard
3510 You can nest a paragraph using the
3514 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3522 \begin_layout Subsection
3527 \begin_layout PlainLayout
3536 \begin_layout Standard
3537 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3546 for thanks or contact information.
3547 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3548 page along with today's date.
3549 For other types of documents, the title
3550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3557 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3561 \begin_layout Standard
3562 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3576 Here's how you use them:
3579 \begin_layout Itemize
3580 Put the title of your document in the
3587 \begin_layout Itemize
3588 Put the author name in the
3595 \begin_layout Itemize
3596 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3597 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3603 Note that using this environment is optional.
3604 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3605 If you don't want any date, add the line
3615 to the preamble of your document (menu
3617 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3623 \begin_layout Standard
3624 You can use footnotes to insert
3625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3632 or contact informations.
3635 \begin_layout Subsection
3640 \begin_layout PlainLayout
3647 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3656 \begin_layout Standard
3657 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3658 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3661 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3666 \begin_layout PlainLayout
3667 Section headings ! Numbered
3675 \begin_layout Standard
3676 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3680 \begin_layout Enumerate
3686 \begin_layout Enumerate
3692 \begin_layout Enumerate
3698 \begin_layout Enumerate
3704 \begin_layout Enumerate
3710 \begin_layout Enumerate
3716 \begin_layout Enumerate
3722 \begin_layout Standard
3723 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3724 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3725 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3728 \begin_layout Standard
3729 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3730 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3731 You group the book into chapters.
3732 LyX does similar grouping:
3735 \begin_layout Itemize
3740 is divided in either
3749 \begin_layout Itemize
3761 \begin_layout Itemize
3773 \begin_layout Itemize
3785 \begin_layout Itemize
3797 \begin_layout Itemize
3809 \begin_layout Standard
3810 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3813 \begin_layout PlainLayout
3818 Not all document types use the
3822 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3827 is the top-level heading.
3835 \begin_layout Standard
3840 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3841 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3843 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3855 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3860 \begin_layout PlainLayout
3861 Section headings ! Unnumbered
3869 \begin_layout Standard
3870 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3874 \begin_layout Enumerate
3880 \begin_layout Enumerate
3886 \begin_layout Enumerate
3892 \begin_layout Enumerate
3898 \begin_layout Enumerate
3904 \begin_layout Standard
3906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3913 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3914 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3915 table of contents, see section
3916 \begin_inset Space ~
3920 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3929 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3930 Changing the Numbering
3931 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3933 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
3940 \begin_layout Standard
3941 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
3942 in the Table of Contents.
3943 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
3945 Certain classes start with
3959 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
3969 This is something you can change.
3972 \begin_layout Standard
3975 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3984 \begin_layout PlainLayout
3995 \begin_inset Space ~
3999 \begin_inset Space ~
4004 you'll see two counters.
4009 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4011 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4015 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4016 Short Titles of Headings
4020 \begin_layout PlainLayout
4021 Section headings ! Short titles
4030 \begin_layout PlainLayout
4037 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4039 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4046 \begin_layout Standard
4047 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4048 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4049 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4050 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4053 \begin_layout Standard
4054 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4055 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4056 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4057 To specify a short title, use the menu
4059 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4061 \begin_inset Space ~
4067 This will insert a box labeled
4068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4083 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4084 This also works for captions inside floats.
4087 \begin_layout Standard
4088 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4091 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4095 \begin_layout Standard
4096 The following information applies to all section headings:
4099 \begin_layout Itemize
4100 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4103 \begin_layout Itemize
4104 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4107 \begin_layout Itemize
4108 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4111 \begin_layout Itemize
4112 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4115 \begin_layout Subsection
4116 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
4119 \begin_layout Standard
4120 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4134 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4135 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4136 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4137 the text they contain.
4138 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4146 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4149 \begin_layout Standard
4150 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4159 when you start a new paragraph.
4160 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4164 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4165 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4166 to change back to the
4170 environment yourself.
4173 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4183 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4193 \begin_layout PlainLayout
4202 \begin_layout Standard
4203 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4204 time for the differences.
4213 are identical except for one difference:
4217 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4226 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4229 \begin_layout Standard
4230 Here's an example of the
4243 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4245 See -- no indentation!
4249 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4250 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4251 the other paragraph.
4254 \begin_layout Standard
4255 Here's another example, this time in the
4262 \begin_layout Quotation
4268 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4269 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4270 the first line, then
4274 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4278 you were quoting other text.
4281 \begin_layout Quotation
4282 Here's a new paragraph.
4283 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4284 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4287 \begin_layout Standard
4288 As the examples show,
4292 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4293 They should put quotes in the
4298 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4302 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4305 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4314 \begin_layout PlainLayout
4326 \begin_layout PlainLayout
4333 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4342 \begin_layout Standard
4347 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4354 Which I did not rehearse!
4358 It could be much worse.
4359 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4361 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4362 indented a bit more than the first.
4363 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4370 And make things look fine
4379 \begin_layout Standard
4384 does not indent both margins.
4385 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4386 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4397 \begin_layout Subsection
4402 \begin_layout PlainLayout
4409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4418 \begin_layout Standard
4419 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4429 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4438 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4439 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4440 some general features of all four of them.
4443 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4447 \begin_layout Standard
4448 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4450 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4459 reset the environment to
4463 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4464 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4465 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4470 to break paragraphs.
4473 \begin_layout Standard
4474 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4475 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4477 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4478 you read all of section
4479 \begin_inset Space ~
4483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4485 reference "sec:Nesting"
4493 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4502 \begin_layout PlainLayout
4509 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4518 \begin_layout Standard
4519 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4523 paragraph environment.
4524 It has the following properties:
4527 \begin_layout Itemize
4528 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4532 \begin_layout Itemize
4533 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4536 \begin_layout Itemize
4537 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4541 \begin_layout Itemize
4542 The items can have any length.
4543 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4544 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4551 \begin_layout Itemize
4556 environment inside another
4560 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4564 \begin_layout Itemize
4565 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4568 \begin_layout Itemize
4569 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4572 \begin_layout Itemize
4574 \begin_inset Space ~
4578 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4580 reference "sec:Nesting"
4584 for a full explanation of nesting.
4588 \begin_layout Standard
4589 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4598 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4601 \begin_layout Standard
4602 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4603 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4604 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4607 \begin_layout Itemize
4608 The label for the first level
4612 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4616 \begin_layout Itemize
4617 The label for the second level is a dash.
4621 \begin_layout Itemize
4622 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4626 \begin_layout Itemize
4627 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4631 \begin_layout Itemize
4632 Back out to the third level.
4636 \begin_layout Itemize
4637 Back to the second level.
4641 \begin_layout Itemize
4642 Back to the outermost level.
4645 \begin_layout Standard
4646 These are the default labels for an
4651 You can customize these labels in the
4653 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4656 dialog in the submenu
4666 \begin_layout PlainLayout
4675 \begin_layout Standard
4676 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4677 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4679 \begin_inset Space ~
4683 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4685 reference "sec:Nesting"
4692 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4701 \begin_layout PlainLayout
4708 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4710 name "sec:Enumerate"
4717 \begin_layout Standard
4722 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4723 It has these properties:
4726 \begin_layout Enumerate
4727 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4731 \begin_layout Enumerate
4732 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4736 \begin_layout Enumerate
4737 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4740 \begin_layout Enumerate
4745 environment resets the counter to one.
4748 \begin_layout Enumerate
4761 \begin_layout Enumerate
4762 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4763 Items can have any length.
4766 \begin_layout Enumerate
4767 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4770 \begin_layout Enumerate
4771 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4774 \begin_layout Enumerate
4775 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4779 \begin_layout Standard
4788 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4789 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4796 \begin_layout Enumerate
4797 The first level of an
4801 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4805 \begin_layout Enumerate
4806 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4810 \begin_layout Enumerate
4811 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4815 \begin_layout Enumerate
4816 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4819 \begin_layout Enumerate
4820 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4825 \begin_layout Enumerate
4826 Back to the third level
4830 \begin_layout Enumerate
4831 Back to the second level.
4835 \begin_layout Enumerate
4836 Back to the outermost level.
4839 \begin_layout Standard
4840 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4845 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4850 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4854 \begin_layout Standard
4855 There is more to nesting
4859 environments than we've stated here.
4860 You should read section
4861 \begin_inset Space ~
4865 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4867 reference "sec:Nesting"
4871 to learn more about nesting.
4874 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4883 \begin_layout PlainLayout
4890 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4892 name "sec:Description-List"
4899 \begin_layout Standard
4900 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4904 list has no fixed label.
4905 Instead, LyX uses the first
4906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4913 of the first line as the label.
4917 \begin_layout Description
4918 Example: This is an example of the
4925 \begin_layout Standard
4926 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4930 \begin_layout Standard
4932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4939 it is meant that the first hit of the
4943 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
4945 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
4956 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4957 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4959 \begin_inset Space ~
4965 \begin_inset Space ~
4969 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4971 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
4975 for more info.) Here is an example:
4978 \begin_layout Description
4980 \begin_inset Space ~
4983 Example: This one shows how to use a
4986 \begin_inset Space ~
4998 \begin_layout Description
4999 Usage: You should use the
5003 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5004 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5006 It's not a good idea to use a
5010 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5011 You're better off using
5023 paragraphs into them.
5026 \begin_layout Description
5027 Nesting: You can nest
5031 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5035 \begin_layout Standard
5036 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5037 them from the first line.
5040 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5049 \begin_layout PlainLayout
5056 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5065 \begin_layout Standard
5070 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5074 \begin_layout Standard
5083 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5084 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5087 \begin_layout Labeling
5088 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5090 \begin_inset Space ~
5093 labels LyX uses the first
5094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5101 of each line as the item label.
5106 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5107 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5108 blank as described above.
5111 \begin_layout Labeling
5112 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5113 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5114 the body of the item text.
5115 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5116 label width plus a little extra space.
5120 \begin_layout Labeling
5121 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5123 \begin_inset Space ~
5126 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5128 If the label width is larger, the label
5129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5136 into the first line.
5137 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5138 margin of the rest of the item text.
5141 \begin_layout Labeling
5142 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5144 \begin_inset Space ~
5147 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5152 environment have the same left margin.
5154 To change the default width, select
5155 all items in the list.
5158 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5160 \begin_inset Space ~
5169 \begin_inset Space ~
5174 determines the default label width.
5175 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5184 multiple times instead.
5185 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5194 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5197 \begin_inset Space ~
5202 every time you alter a label in a
5208 The predefined default width is the length of
5209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5220 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5223 \begin_layout PlainLayout
5228 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5229 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5237 \begin_layout Standard
5242 environment the same way like the
5246 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5252 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5256 \begin_layout Standard
5261 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5263 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5265 \begin_inset Space ~
5269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5271 reference "sec:Nesting"
5275 to learn about nesting.
5278 \begin_layout Standard
5279 There is yet another feature of the
5283 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5285 You can use additional
5289 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5295 \begin_inset Space ~
5299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5301 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5306 Here are some examples:
5309 \begin_layout Labeling
5310 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5311 Left The default for
5318 \begin_layout Labeling
5319 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5320 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
5327 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5330 \begin_layout Labeling
5331 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5332 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
5336 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
5343 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5346 \begin_layout Subsection
5351 \begin_layout PlainLayout
5360 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5368 \begin_inset Space ~
5376 \begin_layout Standard
5377 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5385 \begin_inset Space ~
5391 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5392 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5393 In contrast, you can use the
5400 \begin_inset Space ~
5405 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5406 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5410 \begin_layout Standard
5411 Of course, you're not limited to using
5418 \begin_inset Space ~
5427 \begin_inset Space ~
5432 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5433 some European academic papers.
5436 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5438 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5440 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5447 \begin_layout Standard
5452 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5453 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5457 \begin_inset Space ~
5462 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5463 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5464 Here's an example of each:
5467 \begin_layout Right Address
5474 When is it? What is today?
5477 \begin_layout Standard
5481 \begin_inset Space ~
5487 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5488 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5489 Here's an example of the
5496 \begin_layout Address
5499 Where do I send this
5501 Your post office and country
5504 \begin_layout Standard
5505 As you can see, both
5512 \begin_inset Space ~
5517 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5522 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5528 This makes sense, since
5536 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5537 Thus, you have to use
5548 \begin_inset Space ~
5551 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5553 \begin_inset Space ~
5562 menu) to start a new line in an
5569 \begin_inset Space ~
5577 \begin_layout Subsection
5581 \begin_layout Standard
5582 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5583 or list of references.
5584 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5587 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5594 \begin_layout PlainLayout
5603 \begin_layout Standard
5608 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5609 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5610 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5611 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5615 in anything else or vice versa.
5621 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5622 The book document classes ignores the
5626 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5630 in a letter document class.
5633 \begin_layout Standard
5638 environment does several things for you.
5639 First, it puts the centered label
5640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5648 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5650 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5651 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5652 the subsequent text.
5653 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5654 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5657 \begin_layout Standard
5658 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5662 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5663 The new paragraph will still be in the
5668 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5669 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5672 \begin_layout Standard
5673 \begin_inset Float figure
5678 \begin_layout PlainLayout
5680 \begin_inset Graphics
5681 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5690 \begin_layout PlainLayout
5691 \begin_inset Caption
5693 \begin_layout PlainLayout
5694 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5696 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5717 \begin_layout Standard
5718 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5722 environment, but since this document is in the
5723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5730 class, we can't do this.
5731 We inserted it therefore as figure
5732 \begin_inset Space ~
5736 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5738 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5743 If you've never heard of an
5744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5751 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5754 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5763 \begin_layout PlainLayout
5770 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5772 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
5779 \begin_layout Standard
5784 environment is used to list references.
5785 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5786 only use it at the end of the document.
5791 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5794 \begin_layout Standard
5795 When you first open a
5799 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5815 depending on the document class.
5816 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5817 Each paragraph of the
5821 environment is a bibliography entry.
5826 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5827 Each new paragraph is still in the
5834 \begin_layout Standard
5835 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5837 \begin_inset Space ~
5841 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5843 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5850 \begin_layout Subsection
5857 \begin_layout PlainLayout
5858 Paragraph ! LyX code
5864 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5873 \begin_layout Standard
5878 environment is another LyX extension.
5879 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5884 key as a fixed whitespace;
5888 \begin_layout PlainLayout
5900 \begin_inset Space ~
5905 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5910 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5911 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
5929 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5930 So, when you finish using the
5934 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
5935 Also, you can nest the
5939 environment inside of others.
5942 \begin_layout Standard
5943 There are a few quirks with this environment:
5946 \begin_layout Itemize
5951 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
5963 \begin_layout Itemize
5976 \begin_layout Itemize
5981 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
5988 \begin_layout Itemize
5997 \begin_layout Itemize
5998 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
5999 You must put at least one
6003 in any line you want blank.
6004 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6007 \begin_layout Itemize
6008 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6012 since that will insert
6017 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6025 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6028 \begin_layout Standard
6032 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6036 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6040 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6044 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6048 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6049 printf("Hello World!
6054 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6058 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6062 \begin_layout Standard
6063 This is just the standard
6064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6075 \begin_layout Standard
6080 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6081 rc-files, and so on.
6082 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6083 as if you used a typewriter.
6087 \begin_layout PlainLayout
6088 Paragraph environments|)
6096 \begin_layout Section
6097 Nesting Environments
6101 \begin_layout PlainLayout
6102 Nesting ! Environments
6108 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6117 \begin_layout Subsection
6121 \begin_layout Standard
6122 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6124 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6126 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6128 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6140 \begin_layout Enumerate
6144 \begin_layout Enumerate
6149 \begin_layout Enumerate
6153 \begin_layout Enumerate
6158 \begin_layout Enumerate
6162 \begin_layout Standard
6163 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6164 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6167 \begin_inset Space ~
6171 \begin_inset Space ~
6179 \begin_inset Space ~
6183 \begin_inset Space ~
6192 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6193 will tell you how far you are nested).
6194 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6195 \begin_inset Graphics
6196 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6202 \begin_inset Graphics
6203 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6208 or the convenient key bindings
6216 to change the nesting level.
6217 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6218 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6222 \begin_layout Standard
6223 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6224 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6225 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6226 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6229 \begin_layout Standard
6230 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6231 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6233 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6236 \begin_layout Subsection
6237 What You Can and Can't Nest
6240 \begin_layout Standard
6241 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6242 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6245 \begin_layout Standard
6246 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6247 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6248 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6251 \begin_layout Itemize
6252 Completely unnestable
6255 \begin_layout Itemize
6256 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6257 other things inside of them.
6260 \begin_layout Itemize
6261 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6265 \begin_layout Standard
6266 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6267 environments have them:
6270 \begin_layout Description
6271 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6272 Can't nest into them.
6276 \begin_layout Itemize
6282 \begin_layout Itemize
6288 \begin_layout Itemize
6296 \begin_layout Itemize
6302 \begin_layout Itemize
6308 \begin_layout Itemize
6316 \begin_layout Itemize
6322 \begin_layout Itemize
6328 \begin_layout Itemize
6334 \begin_layout Itemize
6340 \begin_layout Itemize
6346 \begin_layout Itemize
6352 \begin_layout Itemize
6358 \begin_layout Itemize
6364 \begin_layout Itemize
6370 \begin_layout Itemize
6376 \begin_layout Itemize
6383 \begin_layout Description
6385 \begin_inset Space ~
6388 Nestable You can nest them.
6389 You can nest other things into them.
6393 \begin_layout Itemize
6399 \begin_layout Itemize
6405 \begin_layout Itemize
6411 \begin_layout Itemize
6417 \begin_layout Itemize
6423 \begin_layout Itemize
6429 \begin_layout Itemize
6435 \begin_layout Itemize
6442 \begin_layout Description
6443 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6444 You can't nest anything into them.
6448 \begin_layout Itemize
6454 \begin_layout Itemize
6458 \begin_inset Space ~
6464 \begin_layout Itemize
6471 \begin_layout Standard
6476 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
6480 \begin_inset Space ~
6488 \begin_inset Space ~
6496 \begin_layout Subsection
6497 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6501 \begin_layout PlainLayout
6502 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6508 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6510 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6517 \begin_layout Standard
6518 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6519 affected by nesting anyhow.
6523 \begin_layout Itemize
6527 \begin_layout Itemize
6531 \begin_layout Itemize
6535 \begin_layout Standard
6537 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6540 \begin_layout PlainLayout
6545 If you put a figure or a table in a
6549 , this is no longer true.
6554 Have a look at section
6555 \begin_inset Space ~
6559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6561 reference "sec:Floats"
6565 for more informations about
6572 \begin_layout Standard
6573 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6574 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6578 \begin_layout Standard
6579 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6587 of its own, it behaves just like a
6588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6595 paragraph environment.
6596 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6600 \begin_layout Standard
6601 Here's an example with a table:
6604 \begin_layout Enumerate
6609 \begin_layout Enumerate
6610 This is (a) and it's nested.
6614 \begin_layout Standard
6615 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6621 \begin_layout Standard
6623 \begin_inset Tabular
6624 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6626 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6627 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6628 <row topline="true">
6629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6632 \begin_layout PlainLayout
6647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6650 \begin_layout PlainLayout
6666 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6670 \begin_layout PlainLayout
6685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6688 \begin_layout PlainLayout
6711 \begin_layout Standard
6712 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6719 \begin_layout Enumerate
6721 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6725 \begin_layout Enumerate
6729 \begin_layout Standard
6730 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6733 \begin_layout Enumerate
6738 \begin_layout Enumerate
6739 This is (a) and it's nested.
6743 \begin_layout Standard
6744 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6750 \begin_layout Standard
6752 \begin_inset Tabular
6753 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6755 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6756 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6757 <row topline="true">
6758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6761 \begin_layout PlainLayout
6776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6779 \begin_layout PlainLayout
6795 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6799 \begin_layout PlainLayout
6814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6817 \begin_layout PlainLayout
6840 \begin_layout Standard
6841 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6847 \begin_layout Enumerate
6854 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6857 \begin_layout Enumerate
6861 \begin_layout Standard
6862 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6866 \begin_layout Standard
6867 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6869 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6872 \begin_layout Enumerate
6877 \begin_layout Enumerate
6878 This is (a) and it's nested.
6881 \begin_layout Standard
6882 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6888 \begin_layout Standard
6890 \begin_inset Tabular
6891 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6893 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6894 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6895 <row topline="true">
6896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6899 \begin_layout PlainLayout
6914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6917 \begin_layout PlainLayout
6933 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6937 \begin_layout PlainLayout
6952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6955 \begin_layout PlainLayout
6978 \begin_layout Standard
6979 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6985 \begin_layout Enumerate
6987 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
6995 \begin_layout Enumerate
6999 \begin_layout Standard
7000 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7006 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7007 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7011 \begin_layout Subsection
7012 Usage and General Features
7013 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7015 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7022 \begin_layout Standard
7023 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7032 is the innermost possible depth.
7033 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7036 \begin_layout Enumerate
7037 level #1 - outermost
7041 \begin_layout Enumerate
7046 \begin_layout Enumerate
7051 \begin_layout Enumerate
7056 \begin_layout Itemize
7061 \begin_layout Itemize
7070 \begin_layout Standard
7071 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7072 both of them in the example.
7073 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7083 For example, if we tried to nest another
7088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7098 \begin_layout Subsection
7103 \begin_layout PlainLayout
7112 \begin_layout Standard
7113 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7114 We have several examples of nested environments.
7115 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7119 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7120 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7123 \begin_layout Labeling
7124 \labelwidthstring MMM
7125 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7134 \begin_layout Labeling
7135 \labelwidthstring MMM
7136 #2-a This is level #2.
7137 We created it by using
7149 \begin_layout Labeling
7150 \labelwidthstring MMM
7151 #3-a This is level #3.
7152 This time, we just hit
7161 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7174 \begin_layout Standard
7179 environment, nested inside of
7180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7188 So, it's at level #4.
7189 We did this by hitting
7197 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7202 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7218 \begin_layout Standard
7223 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7230 \begin_layout Labeling
7231 \labelwidthstring MMM
7232 #4-a This is level #4.
7237 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7242 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7246 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7251 keep nesting things inside of
7252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7263 \begin_layout Labeling
7264 \labelwidthstring MMM
7265 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7270 \begin_layout Labeling
7271 \labelwidthstring MMM
7272 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7273 and this is level #6.
7274 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7278 \begin_layout Labeling
7279 \labelwidthstring MMM
7280 #5-b Back to level #5.
7293 \begin_layout Labeling
7294 \labelwidthstring MMM
7303 , we're back at level #4.
7307 \begin_layout Labeling
7308 \labelwidthstring MMM
7309 #3-b Back to level #3.
7310 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7314 \begin_layout Labeling
7315 \labelwidthstring MMM
7316 #2-b Back to level #2.
7321 \begin_layout Labeling
7322 \labelwidthstring MMM
7323 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7324 After this sentence, we'll hit
7328 and change the paragraph environment back to
7335 \begin_layout Standard
7336 We could have also used the
7352 environment in place of the
7357 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7360 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7361 Example 2: Inheritance
7364 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7365 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7368 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7378 , after which, we'll change to the
7386 \begin_layout Enumerate
7391 environment, at level #2.
7394 \begin_layout Enumerate
7395 Notice how the nested
7399 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7403 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7407 \begin_layout Standard
7408 We ended this example by hitting
7413 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7417 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7424 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7425 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7437 \begin_layout PlainLayout
7438 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7446 \begin_layout Enumerate
7447 This is level #1, in an
7451 paragraph environment.
7452 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7456 \begin_layout Enumerate
7467 Now, what happens if we nest an
7471 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7472 label be? An asterisk?
7476 \begin_layout Itemize
7486 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7487 So, its label is a bullet.
7488 (We got here by using
7496 , then changing the environment to
7504 \begin_layout Itemize
7505 Here's level #4, produced using
7514 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7519 \begin_layout Enumerate
7520 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7522 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7527 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7531 , because we are in the
7555 \begin_layout Enumerate
7560 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7561 type of numbering does LyX use?
7564 \begin_layout Enumerate
7565 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7569 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7572 \begin_layout Enumerate
7577 to decrease the depth after the next
7585 \begin_layout Enumerate
7587 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7591 \begin_layout Enumerate
7593 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7594 numeral as the label.Why?
7597 \begin_layout Enumerate
7598 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7607 Notice, however, that LyX
7611 reset the counter for the label.
7615 \begin_layout Enumerate
7624 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7625 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7626 into the twofold-nested
7634 \begin_layout Enumerate
7635 The same thing happens if we do another
7643 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7646 \begin_layout Standard
7647 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7652 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7666 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7672 The same rule applies for the
7676 environment, as well.
7679 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7680 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7683 \begin_layout Enumerate
7684 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7685 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7686 same detail with how we did it.
7695 \begin_layout Standard
7698 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7700 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7701 example in parentheses someplace.
7702 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7703 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7704 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7708 \begin_layout Enumerate
7713 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7718 Now we'll add verse.
7720 It will get much worse.
7724 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7730 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7732 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7744 \begin_layout Standard
7745 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7751 \begin_layout Standard
7753 \begin_inset Tabular
7754 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7756 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7757 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
7759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7762 \begin_layout PlainLayout
7777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7780 \begin_layout PlainLayout
7796 <row topline="true">
7797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7800 \begin_layout PlainLayout
7815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7818 \begin_layout PlainLayout
7845 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7849 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7855 \begin_layout Enumerate
7860 : level #1) This is another item.
7861 Note that selecting a
7865 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7866 3 times to put the table inside the
7874 \begin_layout Quotation
7875 We're now ending the
7879 list and changing to
7884 We're still at level #1.
7885 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7886 The next set of paragraphs is a
7887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7901 \begin_inset Space ~
7906 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7910 for the letter body.
7915 to preserve the depth.
7916 Remember that you need to use
7920 to create multiple lines inside the
7927 \begin_inset Space ~
7937 \begin_layout Right Address
7940 Moosegroin, MT 00100
7945 \begin_layout Address
7947 \begin_inset Space ~
7953 \begin_layout Quotation
7954 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
7955 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7958 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
7959 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
7960 a backlog in our orders for methane.
7961 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
7962 as soon as possible.
7963 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
7966 \begin_layout Quotation
7967 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
7968 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
7969 with your order, along with payment.
7972 \begin_layout Quotation
7973 We thank you again for your patience.
7976 \begin_layout Address
7983 \begin_layout Quotation
7984 That ends that example!
7987 \begin_layout Standard
7988 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
7989 just a few keystrokes.
7990 We could have easily nested an
8011 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8014 \begin_layout Section
8015 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8019 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8028 \begin_layout Standard
8029 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8030 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8031 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8032 be broken at the end of a line.
8033 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8037 \begin_layout Subsection
8039 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8041 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8049 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8058 \begin_layout Standard
8059 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8061 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8065 Further documentation is given in section
8068 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8070 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8078 \begin_layout Standard
8079 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8092 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8094 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8103 A protected space is set with
8105 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8106 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8110 \begin_inset Space ~
8124 \begin_layout Subsection
8126 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8128 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8136 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8137 Spacing ! Horizontal
8145 \begin_layout Standard
8146 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8148 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8149 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8153 The length units are listed in Appendix
8154 \begin_inset Space ~
8158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8160 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8167 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8169 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8171 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8179 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8188 \begin_layout Standard
8190 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8194 \begin_inset Space \space{}
8197 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8198 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8199 \begin_inset Space ~
8203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8205 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8210 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8211 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8218 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8220 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8222 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8230 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8239 \begin_layout Standard
8241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8248 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8257 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8258 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8259 inside abbreviations:
8264 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8268 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8269 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8273 \begin_inset Space \space{}
8279 \begin_layout Standard
8280 or between values and units.
8281 Compare for example this:
8284 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8292 \begin_layout Standard
8293 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8295 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8296 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8298 \begin_inset Space ~
8310 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8312 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8314 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8321 \begin_layout Standard
8322 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8325 \begin_layout Description
8327 \begin_inset Space ~
8331 \begin_inset Space ~
8335 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8339 \begin_inset Space \negthinspace{}
8343 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8346 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8349 \begin_layout Description
8351 \begin_inset Space ~
8355 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8359 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8363 \begin_inset Space \enskip{}
8367 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8371 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8374 em) space between the arrows.
8377 \begin_layout Description
8379 \begin_inset Space ~
8383 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8387 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8391 \begin_inset Space \quad{}
8395 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8399 \begin_inset Space ~
8403 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8406 em) space between the arrows.
8409 \begin_layout Description
8411 \begin_inset Space ~
8415 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8419 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8423 \begin_inset Space \qquad{}
8427 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8431 \begin_inset Space ~
8435 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8438 em) space between the arrows.
8441 \begin_layout Description
8443 \begin_inset Space ~
8447 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8451 \begin_inset Space \hspace{}
8456 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8460 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8463 cm space between the arrows.
8466 \begin_layout Standard
8468 \begin_inset Space ~
8472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8474 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8478 lists the different space sizes.
8481 \begin_layout Standard
8482 \begin_inset Float table
8487 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8489 \begin_inset Caption
8491 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8492 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8494 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8498 Width of the different horizotal spaces.
8506 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8508 \begin_inset Tabular
8509 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8511 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
8512 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
8513 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8517 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8528 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8537 <row topline="true">
8538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8541 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8550 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8552 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8561 <row topline="true">
8562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8565 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8574 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8576 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8585 <row topline="true">
8586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8589 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8598 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8600 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8609 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8613 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8622 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8624 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8633 <row bottomline="true">
8634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8637 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8639 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8650 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8652 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8661 <row bottomline="true">
8662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8665 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8667 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8678 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8680 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8689 <row bottomline="true">
8690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8693 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8695 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8706 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8708 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
8729 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8738 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8747 \begin_layout Standard
8748 Horizontal Fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
8749 in a uniform fashion.
8750 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
8751 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
8752 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
8753 equally between themselves.
8757 \begin_layout Standard
8758 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
8763 This is on the left side
8764 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8767 This is on the right
8773 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8777 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8786 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8790 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8794 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8800 \begin_layout Standard
8801 That was an example in the
8807 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8811 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8815 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8818 is one in a standard paragraph.
8819 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
8823 sitting in-between the two arrows.
8826 \begin_layout Standard
8827 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
8828 Here's an example with the
8835 \begin_layout Labeling
8836 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
8838 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8842 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8846 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8850 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
8856 \begin_layout Standard
8858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8865 marks the beginning of the item.
8866 (There is actually a
8867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8874 HFill inside of the label of the
8878 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) HFills work
8880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8887 situations, like two-column mode.
8890 \begin_layout Standard
8891 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8894 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8899 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
8903 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
8904 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
8905 If you need space in this case anyway, you have to use the LaTeX-command
8915 (ERT is explained in section
8916 \begin_inset Space ~
8920 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8934 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8939 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8948 \begin_layout Standard
8949 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
8951 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
8954 \begin_layout Standard
8955 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
8958 What is correct English?:
8963 \begin_inset Space ~
8966 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
8972 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8988 \begin_layout PlainLayout
8999 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9005 \begin_layout Standard
9006 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9011 \begin_inset Space ~
9015 \begin_inset Space ~
9019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9023 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9030 In our case write the command
9037 (note the space after
9038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9045 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9046 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9047 That is why it is named
9048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9059 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9060 There exists also the commands
9072 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
9073 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9074 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9076 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9088 \begin_layout Subsection
9090 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9092 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9100 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9109 \begin_layout Standard
9110 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9112 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9113 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9115 \begin_inset Space ~
9121 There you find the following sizes:
9124 \begin_layout Standard
9137 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9142 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9144 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9149 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9157 for the paragraph separation.
9158 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9169 \begin_layout Standard
9178 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9184 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9185 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9187 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9188 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9197 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9201 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9206 s are described in section
9207 \begin_inset Space ~
9211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9213 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9222 If there are several
9226 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9227 You can therefore use
9231 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9234 \begin_layout Standard
9239 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9240 \begin_inset Space ~
9244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9246 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9253 \begin_layout Standard
9254 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9257 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9264 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9265 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9277 \begin_layout Subsection
9281 \begin_layout Standard
9282 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9284 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9288 There are four possibilities:
9291 \begin_layout Itemize
9297 \begin_layout Itemize
9303 \begin_layout Itemize
9309 \begin_layout Itemize
9315 \begin_layout Standard
9316 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9317 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9318 the left and right margins.
9319 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9322 \begin_layout Standard
9324 This paragraph is right aligned,
9327 \begin_layout Standard
9329 this one is centered,
9332 \begin_layout Standard
9334 this one is left aligned.
9337 \begin_layout Subsection
9342 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9349 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9351 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
9358 \begin_layout Standard
9359 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9360 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
9361 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
9362 Only if you use many
9366 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9369 \begin_layout Standard
9370 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9371 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9375 have to change the pagebreaking.
9378 \begin_layout Standard
9379 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9381 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph by the menu
9383 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9384 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9386 \begin_inset Space ~
9392 The second type ends a page, but stretches the content of the page, so
9393 that it fills out the complete page.
9394 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
9395 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9396 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX
9407 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9408 For more about ERT see section
9409 \begin_inset Space ~
9413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9425 The number can vary between 0 and 4.
9426 If 4 or no number is used, it will always be created a pagebreak
9430 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9431 normally one uses simply
9443 The numbers 0 to 3 stand for the increasing priority level -- LaTeX decides,
9444 concerning the priority, if a pagebreak is created or not.
9447 \begin_layout Standard
9448 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
9449 at the top of a page.
9450 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9451 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9452 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9453 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9457 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9468 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9470 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9472 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
9480 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9489 \begin_layout Standard
9490 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9491 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9492 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9493 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9494 if necessary by adding pages.
9497 \begin_layout Standard
9498 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
9500 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9501 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9503 \begin_inset Space ~
9509 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9511 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9512 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9514 \begin_inset Space ~
9518 \begin_inset Space ~
9523 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9524 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9527 \begin_layout Subsection
9532 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9539 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9541 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
9548 \begin_layout Standard
9549 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
9551 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9553 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9554 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9556 \begin_inset Space ~
9566 The other type breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the
9567 whole space between the page margins.
9568 This is necessary to avoid
9569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9576 in justifies paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
9577 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX-comman
9589 The syntax is similar tho the command
9595 , described in the previous section.
9598 \begin_layout Standard
9599 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
9600 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
9601 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
9602 set a linebreak, e.g.
9603 in a poem or for an address (see sections
9604 \begin_inset Space ~
9608 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9610 reference "sec:Quote"
9615 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9617 reference "sec:Verse"
9622 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9624 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
9631 \begin_layout Subsection
9633 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9635 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9643 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9652 \begin_layout Standard
9657 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9658 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9660 \begin_inset Space ~
9665 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
9671 \begin_layout Section
9672 Fonts and Text Styles
9673 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9675 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
9682 \begin_layout Subsection
9687 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9696 \begin_layout Standard
9697 There are two types of fonts:
9700 \begin_layout Description
9702 \begin_inset Space ~
9709 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9715 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
9716 characters) in the font.
9717 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
9718 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
9719 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
9720 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
9721 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
9722 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
9723 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
9724 provide a good image.
9726 One could mean that one only needs to define one font
9727 size and scale them.
9728 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
9729 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
9730 sizes than at small ones.
9743 \begin_inset Space ~
9751 \begin_layout Description
9753 \begin_inset Space ~
9760 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9766 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
9767 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
9768 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
9769 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
9770 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
9771 picture manipulation program.
9772 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
9773 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
9774 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
9775 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
9776 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
9778 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
9779 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
9781 Bitmap fonts are named
9785 \begin_inset Space ~
9790 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
9793 \begin_layout Standard
9794 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
9795 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
9796 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
9797 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
9801 \begin_layout Standard
9802 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
9803 its document properties.
9806 \begin_layout Standard
9807 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
9808 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
9809 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
9810 font to emphasize text, you use an
9811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9819 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
9820 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
9824 \begin_layout Subsection
9825 Document Font and Font size
9826 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9828 name "sub:Document-Font"
9836 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9846 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9855 \begin_layout Standard
9856 You can set the document fonts in the
9858 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9865 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9872 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
9873 font shapes roman (serif),
9876 \begin_inset Space ~
9888 \begin_layout Standard
9889 The possible options for the font include
9893 and a list of fonts available on your system.
9898 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
9899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9920 European Computer Modern
9923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9933 \begin_layout Standard
9942 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
9943 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
9947 \begin_layout PlainLayout
9948 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
9951 \begin_inset Space ~
9956 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
9962 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
9963 There are three ways to use one:
9966 \begin_layout Itemize
9967 One way is to use the
9977 Virtual means that it
9978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9989 -glyphs from other fonts.
9990 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
9992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10011 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10012 Loading the LaTeX-package
10018 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10019 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10026 with the document preamble line
10029 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10034 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10037 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10038 will fix the guillemet problem.
10043 and that accented characters are not
10047 glyph, they are build of
10051 characters, the accent and the letter.
10052 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10056 fonts for words with accented characters.
10057 If you search for example for the French word
10058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10065 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10074 and not for the glyph
10075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10079 \begin_inset Space ~
10083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10089 \begin_layout Itemize
10090 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10094 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10103 , consists of these three main font types
10106 \begin_inset Space ~
10127 \begin_inset Space ~
10137 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
10141 \begin_inset Space ~
10148 as typewriter font.
10150 The differences between roman,
10153 \begin_inset Space ~
10162 fonts are explained in section
10163 \begin_inset Space ~
10167 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10169 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10178 \begin_inset Space ~
10183 was originally designed for newspapers.
10184 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10185 into the small newspaper columns.
10189 \begin_inset Space ~
10194 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10197 \begin_layout Itemize
10198 The best solution is to use the
10203 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10210 \begin_layout Standard
10211 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10214 For the font size there are four possible values:
10231 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10234 \begin_layout Standard
10235 The font sizes are the
10240 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10241 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10242 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10245 \begin_inset Space ~
10251 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10252 \begin_inset Space ~
10256 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10258 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10265 \begin_layout Standard
10266 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10270 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10273 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10278 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10282 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10283 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10284 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10286 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10289 dialog, see section
10290 \begin_inset Space ~
10294 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10296 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10308 \begin_layout Subsection
10309 Using Different Character Styles
10313 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10323 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10332 \begin_layout Standard
10333 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10334 certain paragraph environments.
10335 LyX supports two character styles,
10344 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10348 \begin_layout Standard
10353 style, do one of the following:
10356 \begin_layout Itemize
10357 click on the toolbar button
10358 \begin_inset Graphics
10359 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10367 \begin_layout Itemize
10371 \begin_inset Space ~
10377 \begin_layout Standard
10378 These commands are all toggles.
10383 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10386 \begin_layout Standard
10387 One typically uses the
10391 style for proper names.
10393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10400 is the original author of LyX.
10401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10407 \begin_layout Standard
10408 A more widely used character style is the
10413 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10420 \begin_layout Itemize
10421 clicking on the toolbar button
10422 \begin_inset Graphics
10423 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10431 \begin_layout Itemize
10432 using the keybindings
10435 \begin_inset Space ~
10441 \begin_layout Standard
10446 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10447 es use a different font.
10450 \begin_layout Standard
10451 We've been using the
10455 style all over the place in this document.
10456 Here's one more example:
10459 \begin_layout Quotation
10462 Don't overuse character styles!
10465 \begin_layout Standard
10466 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10467 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10468 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10469 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10473 \begin_layout Standard
10474 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
10477 \begin_inset Space ~
10484 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10486 \begin_inset Space ~
10494 \begin_layout Subsection
10495 Fine-Tuning with the
10500 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10502 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10510 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10519 \begin_layout Standard
10520 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10521 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10522 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10523 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10524 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10525 from ordinary dialog.
10528 \begin_layout Standard
10529 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10530 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10532 Documents that overuse
10533 different fonts and sizes are not well readable and tend to look like someone
10534 has knocked huge holes in it.
10537 \begin_layout Standard
10538 To use custom character styles, open the
10540 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10542 \begin_inset Space ~
10548 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10549 font property which you can choose.
10550 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
10553 \begin_inset Space ~
10558 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10563 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
10564 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10565 environments in a snap.
10568 \begin_layout Standard
10569 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
10572 \begin_inset Space ~
10584 \begin_layout Labeling
10585 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10599 The possible options are:
10603 \begin_layout Labeling
10604 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10609 This is the Roman font family.
10610 Normally a serif font.
10611 It's also the default family.
10616 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10628 \begin_inset Space ~
10637 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10645 \begin_inset Note Note
10648 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10649 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
10650 It is explained in section
10651 \begin_inset Space ~
10655 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10657 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
10669 \begin_layout Labeling
10670 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10674 \begin_inset Space ~
10681 This is the Sans Serif font family.
10688 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10700 \begin_inset Space ~
10709 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10719 \begin_layout Labeling
10720 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10727 This is the Typewriter font family.
10734 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10746 \begin_inset Space ~
10755 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10768 \begin_layout Labeling
10769 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10774 This corresponds to the print weight.
10779 \begin_layout Labeling
10780 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10785 This is the Medium font series.
10786 It's also the default series.
10789 \begin_layout Labeling
10790 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10797 This is the Bold font series.
10804 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10816 \begin_inset Space ~
10825 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10836 \begin_layout Labeling
10837 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10842 As the name implies.
10847 \begin_layout Labeling
10848 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10853 This is the Upright font shape.
10854 It's also the default shape.
10857 \begin_layout Labeling
10858 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10872 s the Italic font shape
10878 \begin_layout Labeling
10879 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10886 This is the Slanted font shape
10888 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
10891 \begin_layout Labeling
10892 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10896 \begin_inset Space ~
10903 This is the Small caps font shape
10910 \begin_layout Labeling
10911 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10916 Alters the size of the font.
10917 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
10918 nal to the document font size.
10919 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
10920 what you want to do.
10925 \begin_layout Labeling
10926 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10948 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10960 \begin_inset Space ~
10969 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10980 \begin_layout PlainLayout
10992 \begin_inset Space ~
11001 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11011 \begin_layout Labeling
11012 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11034 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11046 \begin_inset Space ~
11055 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11065 \begin_layout Labeling
11066 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11088 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11100 \begin_inset Space ~
11109 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11120 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11132 \begin_inset Space ~
11141 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11151 \begin_layout Labeling
11152 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11174 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11186 \begin_inset Space ~
11195 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11206 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11218 \begin_inset Space ~
11227 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11237 \begin_layout Labeling
11238 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11252 It's also the default size.
11257 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11269 \begin_inset Space ~
11278 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11289 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11301 \begin_inset Space ~
11310 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11320 \begin_layout Labeling
11321 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11343 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11355 \begin_inset Space ~
11364 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11375 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11387 \begin_inset Space ~
11396 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11406 \begin_layout Labeling
11407 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11429 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11441 \begin_inset Space ~
11450 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11461 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11473 \begin_inset Space ~
11482 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11492 \begin_layout Labeling
11493 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11515 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11527 \begin_inset Space ~
11536 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11546 \begin_layout Labeling
11547 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11569 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11581 \begin_inset Space ~
11590 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11601 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11613 \begin_inset Space ~
11622 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11632 \begin_layout Labeling
11633 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11655 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11667 \begin_inset Space ~
11676 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11687 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11699 \begin_inset Space ~
11708 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11719 \begin_layout Standard
11724 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11725 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11726 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11727 - use that instead.
11728 This is here for fine-tuning only!
11731 \begin_layout Labeling
11732 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11737 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11742 \begin_layout Labeling
11743 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11750 This is text with emphasize on
11753 This might seem like the same as
11757 , but it is actually a bit different.
11763 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
11765 Normally this font is equal to italic.
11768 \begin_layout Labeling
11769 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11776 This is text with Underbar on.
11783 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11795 \begin_inset Space ~
11804 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11817 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11818 when you couldn't change fonts.
11819 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
11820 It's only included in LyX because some people
11824 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
11827 \begin_layout Labeling
11828 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11835 This is text with Noun on.
11842 , this is a logical attribute.
11843 Normally it's equivalent to
11846 \begin_inset Space ~
11855 \begin_layout Labeling
11856 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11861 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11862 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
11866 \begin_inset Space ~
11871 , which is the default
11872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11879 and means normally black, you can choose between
11915 \begin_layout PlainLayout
11924 \begin_layout Labeling
11925 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11930 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
11931 the language of the document.
11932 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
11936 \begin_layout Standard
11937 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
11938 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
11940 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11942 \begin_inset Space ~
11947 dialog, the settings are saved.
11948 You can activate them using the toolbar button
11949 \begin_inset Graphics
11950 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
11956 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
11957 when the dialog isn't visible.
11961 \begin_layout Standard
11962 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
11965 \begin_inset Space ~
11971 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
11972 (suppose you just set the shape to
11973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11991 \begin_inset Space ~
12003 \begin_layout Standard
12004 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12012 \begin_inset Space ~
12024 \begin_layout Itemize
12030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12037 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12060 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12073 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12085 \begin_inset Note Note
12088 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12089 For more on phantoms see section
12090 \begin_inset Space ~
12094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12096 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12110 \begin_layout Itemize
12115 fonts use characters with serifs.
12116 These are the small
12117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12124 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12125 The following example will show the difference:
12131 text without serifs
12135 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12136 They are therefore used as default font (named
12143 \begin_layout Itemize
12149 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12150 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12153 \begin_layout Standard
12154 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12155 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12158 \begin_layout Section
12159 Printing and Previewing
12162 \begin_layout Subsection
12166 \begin_layout Standard
12167 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12168 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12169 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12170 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12171 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12174 \begin_inset Space ~
12182 \begin_layout Standard
12183 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12184 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12185 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12186 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12187 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12188 This happens in two stages:
12191 \begin_layout Enumerate
12192 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12193 generating a file with the extension,
12194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12208 \begin_layout Enumerate
12209 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12213 file to produce printable output.
12217 \begin_layout Subsection
12218 Output file formats
12222 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12229 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12231 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12238 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12243 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12244 File formats ! ASCII
12252 \begin_layout Standard
12253 This file type has the extension
12254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12266 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12270 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12277 \begin_layout Standard
12278 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12280 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12281 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12287 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12292 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12293 File formats ! LaTeX
12301 \begin_layout Standard
12302 This file type has the extension
12303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12314 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12316 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12317 it manually with console commands.
12318 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12319 you view or export your document.
12322 \begin_layout Standard
12323 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12325 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12326 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12331 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12343 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12348 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12357 \begin_layout Standard
12358 This file type has the extension
12359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12379 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12380 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12381 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12383 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12387 \begin_layout Standard
12388 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12391 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12396 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12397 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12402 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12403 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12404 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12405 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12408 \begin_layout Standard
12409 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12411 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12412 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12418 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12423 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12424 File formats ! PostScript
12432 \begin_layout Standard
12433 This file type has the extension
12434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12446 PostScript was developed by the company
12450 as printer language.
12451 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12453 PostScript can be seen as
12454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12457 programming language
12458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12461 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12465 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12466 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12475 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12476 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12486 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12489 \begin_layout Standard
12490 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12494 Encapsulated PostScript
12495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12498 (EPS, file extension
12499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12511 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12512 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12513 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12514 whenever you view or export your document.
12515 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12516 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12517 EPS to avoid this problem.
12520 \begin_layout Standard
12521 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12523 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12524 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12530 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12535 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12545 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12554 \begin_layout Standard
12555 This file type has the extension
12556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12572 Portable Document Format
12573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12576 (PDF) is developed by
12580 as derivative from PostScript.
12581 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12590 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12591 looks exactly the same.
12594 \begin_layout Standard
12595 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12599 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12603 (JPG, file extension
12604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12631 Portable Network Graphics
12632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12635 (PNG, file extension
12636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12648 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12649 in the background to one of these formats.
12650 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12651 will slow down your workflow.
12652 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12655 \begin_layout Standard
12656 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12658 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12661 in three different ways:
12664 \begin_layout Description
12665 PDF This uses the program
12669 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12670 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12674 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12675 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12678 \begin_layout Description
12680 \begin_inset Space ~
12683 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12687 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12691 \begin_layout Description
12693 \begin_inset Space ~
12696 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12700 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12703 \begin_layout Standard
12704 We recommend to use
12707 \begin_inset Space ~
12716 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
12722 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
12725 \begin_layout Subsection
12730 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12739 \begin_layout Standard
12740 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
12741 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
12745 and choose a file type.
12746 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
12749 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12752 you can use the toolbar button
12753 \begin_inset Graphics
12754 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
12765 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12767 \begin_inset Space ~
12772 you can use the toolbar button
12773 \begin_inset Graphics
12774 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.png
12782 \begin_layout Standard
12783 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
12784 viewer window using the menu
12786 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12792 \begin_layout Standard
12793 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
12795 To have a real output, export your document.
12798 \begin_layout Subsection
12799 Printing the File from within LyX
12800 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12802 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
12809 \begin_layout Standard
12810 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
12811 it directly from within LyX.
12812 To print a file, select the menu
12814 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12817 or click on the toolbar button
12818 \begin_inset Graphics
12819 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
12825 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
12826 This file is then processed by the program
12830 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
12835 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
12838 \begin_layout Standard
12839 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12840 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
12841 printing one set to print on the other side.
12842 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12843 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12844 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12847 \begin_layout Standard
12848 You can set the parameters in the
12851 \begin_inset Space ~
12859 \begin_layout Labeling
12860 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12865 This is the name of the printer to print to.
12869 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12870 Note that this printer name is for the program
12879 has to be configured for this printer name.
12880 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
12881 \begin_inset Space ~
12885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12887 reference "sub:Printer"
12896 The printer should understand PostScript.
12899 \begin_layout Labeling
12900 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12905 The name of a file to print to.
12906 The output will be a PostScript file.
12907 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
12911 \begin_layout Section
12912 A few Words about Typography
12916 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12925 \begin_layout Subsection
12930 \begin_layout PlainLayout
12937 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12946 \begin_layout Standard
12948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12959 character comes in three lengths, often called the
12974 \begin_layout Enumerate
12976 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
12980 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
12984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12998 \begin_layout Enumerate
13000 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13004 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13017 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13035 \begin_layout Enumerate
13037 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13041 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13054 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13067 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13085 \begin_layout Enumerate
13087 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13091 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13095 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13113 \begin_layout Standard
13114 You generate them by inserting the
13115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13126 character multiple times in a row.
13127 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13128 final output, but not in LyX.
13131 \begin_layout Standard
13132 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13133 math mode and has a length of its own.
13134 Here are some examples of the
13135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13149 \begin_layout Enumerate
13150 line- and page-breaks
13151 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13161 \begin_layout Enumerate
13163 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13173 \begin_layout Enumerate
13174 Oh --- there's a dash.
13175 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13185 \begin_layout Enumerate
13186 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13190 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
13200 \begin_layout Subsection
13205 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13214 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13221 \begin_layout Standard
13222 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13223 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13229 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13230 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13237 following the rules of the document language
13241 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13242 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13250 \begin_inset Space ~
13254 \begin_inset Space ~
13261 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13272 \begin_layout Standard
13273 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13278 and with unusual constructs, like
13279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13287 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13288 This is done with the menu
13290 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13291 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13293 \begin_inset Space ~
13299 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13300 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13303 \begin_layout Standard
13304 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13305 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13306 a hyphen and a space in the form
13307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13315 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13323 as hyphenation possibility.
13324 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13325 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13326 of the LaTeX-box-command
13332 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13333 As LyX doesn't support
13339 , we have to use ERT.
13340 The result looks in LyX like:
13343 \begin_layout Standard
13344 \begin_inset Graphics
13345 filename clipart/mbox.png
13353 \begin_layout Standard
13354 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section
13355 \begin_inset Space ~
13359 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13361 reference "sec:ERT"
13368 \begin_layout Subsection
13373 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13382 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13383 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13384 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13386 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13393 \begin_layout Standard
13394 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13395 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13396 LaTeX then adds the
13397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13400 appropriate amount of space
13401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13405 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13407 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13410 \begin_layout Standard
13411 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13425 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13426 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13429 \begin_layout Standard
13430 Here are some examples of
13434 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13437 \begin_layout Itemize
13442 \begin_layout Itemize
13447 \begin_layout Standard
13448 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13451 \begin_layout Itemize
13454 this is too much space!
13457 \begin_layout Itemize
13462 \begin_layout Standard
13463 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13466 \begin_layout Standard
13467 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13470 \begin_layout Enumerate
13474 \begin_inset Space ~
13479 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13480 \begin_inset Space ~
13484 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13486 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13494 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13495 Spaces ! inter-word
13503 \begin_layout Enumerate
13507 \begin_inset Space ~
13512 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13513 \begin_inset Space ~
13517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13519 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13527 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13536 \begin_layout Enumerate
13540 \begin_inset Space ~
13544 \begin_inset Space ~
13548 \begin_inset Space ~
13555 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13557 \begin_inset Space ~
13562 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13563 This function is also bound to
13570 \begin_layout Standard
13571 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13574 \begin_layout Itemize
13576 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
13580 \begin_inset Space \space{}
13583 this is too much space!
13586 \begin_layout Itemize
13587 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13591 \begin_layout Standard
13592 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13593 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
13594 LaTeX will care about this.
13597 \begin_layout Standard
13598 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13601 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13603 \begin_inset Space ~
13608 feature described in section
13619 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13624 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13625 Typography ! Quotes
13634 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13639 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13650 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13663 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13672 \begin_layout Standard
13673 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
13674 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
13675 and use a closing quote at the end.
13677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13685 The keyboard character,
13689 , generates this automatically.
13692 \begin_layout Standard
13693 You can change the behavior of the
13697 key using the submenu
13703 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13710 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13711 Document ! Settings
13719 \begin_layout Standard
13720 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
13725 There are six choices:
13728 \begin_layout Labeling
13729 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13741 Use quotes like this
13742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13750 \begin_inset Quotes els
13754 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13760 \begin_layout Labeling
13761 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13764 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13768 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13774 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13778 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13782 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13788 \begin_layout Labeling
13789 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13792 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13796 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13802 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13806 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13810 \begin_inset Quotes gls
13814 \begin_inset Quotes grs
13820 \begin_layout Labeling
13821 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13824 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13828 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13834 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13838 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13842 \begin_inset Quotes pls
13846 \begin_inset Quotes prs
13852 \begin_layout Labeling
13853 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13856 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13860 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13866 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13870 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13874 \begin_inset Quotes fls
13878 \begin_inset Quotes frs
13884 \begin_layout Labeling
13885 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13888 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13892 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13898 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13902 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13906 \begin_inset Quotes als
13910 \begin_inset Quotes ars
13916 \begin_layout Standard
13917 These settings affects what character the
13924 \begin_layout Subsection
13929 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13930 Typography ! Ligatures
13939 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13944 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13955 \begin_layout PlainLayout
13968 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13970 name "sub:Ligatures"
13977 \begin_layout Standard
13978 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
13979 print them as single characters.
13980 These groups are known as
13985 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
13987 Here are the standard ligatures:
13990 \begin_layout Itemize
13994 \begin_layout Itemize
13998 \begin_layout Itemize
14002 \begin_layout Itemize
14006 \begin_layout Itemize
14010 \begin_layout Standard
14011 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14014 \begin_layout Standard
14015 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14016 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14024 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14040 To break a ligature, use
14042 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14043 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14045 \begin_inset Space ~
14052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14063 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14080 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14088 \begin_layout Subsection
14093 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14100 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14102 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14109 \begin_layout Standard
14110 You have surely noticed, that the word
14111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14118 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14119 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14120 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14128 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14140 \begin_inset Note Note
14143 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14144 The braces in ERT are here to avoid that the
14145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14152 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14153 To create proper names omit the ERT.
14158 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14162 \begin_layout Description
14163 LyX The name of the game, write
14164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14171 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14185 \begin_layout Description
14186 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14194 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14208 \begin_layout Description
14209 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14217 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14231 \begin_layout Description
14232 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14240 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14254 \begin_layout Standard
14255 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14260 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14268 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14269 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14270 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14273 : The actual version is
14274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14281 , the previous one was
14282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14292 \begin_layout Standard
14293 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14294 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
14295 This will look in LyX like:
14296 \begin_inset Graphics
14297 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14304 For more about ERT, look at section
14305 \begin_inset Space ~
14309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14311 reference "sec:ERT"
14318 \begin_layout Subsection
14323 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14332 \begin_layout Standard
14333 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14334 space between two words.
14335 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14345 for units use the menu
14347 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14348 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14350 \begin_inset Space ~
14362 \begin_layout Standard
14363 Here's an example to show the differences:
14366 \begin_layout Standard
14367 \begin_inset Tabular
14368 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14370 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14371 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14376 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14378 \begin_inset Space ~
14382 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14393 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14394 space between number and unit
14401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14404 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14406 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
14410 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14421 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14422 half space between number and unit
14435 \begin_layout Subsection
14440 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14441 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14447 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14456 \begin_layout Standard
14457 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14459 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14460 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14461 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14462 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14463 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14464 These dangly-bits of text became known as
14475 \begin_layout Standard
14476 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14477 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14478 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14479 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14480 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14481 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14482 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14485 \begin_layout Standard
14486 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14487 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14488 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14489 \begin_inset Space ~
14493 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14495 key "latexcompanion"
14500 \begin_inset Space ~
14504 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14510 ] may have more information.
14511 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14514 \begin_layout Chapter
14515 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14516 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14518 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14525 \begin_layout Standard
14526 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14531 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14534 \begin_layout Section
14539 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14546 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14555 \begin_layout Standard
14556 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14559 \begin_layout Description
14561 \begin_inset Space ~
14564 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14567 \begin_inset Note Note
14570 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14571 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14579 \begin_layout Description
14580 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14581 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14583 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14584 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14585 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14590 \begin_inset Note Comment
14593 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14594 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
14602 \begin_layout Description
14604 \begin_inset Space ~
14607 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
14612 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14615 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14620 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14621 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
14622 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
14623 How this can be done is explained in the
14632 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
14641 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
14642 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
14645 \begin_layout Description
14646 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
14648 \begin_inset Box Framed
14657 height_special "totalheight"
14660 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14661 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
14666 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section
14667 \begin_inset Space ~
14671 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14673 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
14677 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
14681 \begin_layout Description
14682 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
14683 \begin_inset Box Shaded
14692 height_special "totalheight"
14695 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14696 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
14701 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
14702 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
14705 \begin_layout Standard
14706 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
14707 \begin_inset Graphics
14708 filename ../images/note-insert.png
14711 scaleBeforeRotation
14717 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14721 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
14724 \begin_layout Section
14729 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14736 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14738 name "sec:Footnotes"
14745 \begin_layout Standard
14746 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
14749 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14752 or the toolbar button
14753 \begin_inset Graphics
14754 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
14768 \begin_inset Graphics
14769 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
14780 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
14790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14809 label, the box will
14813 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
14814 Clicking on the box label again, will close
14827 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
14843 \begin_layout Standard
14844 Here's an example footnote:
14852 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14853 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
14861 \begin_layout Standard
14862 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
14863 position where the footnote box is placed.
14864 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
14865 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
14866 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
14867 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
14868 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
14873 ey are described in the
14880 \begin_layout Section
14885 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14892 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14894 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
14901 \begin_layout Standard
14902 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
14903 When you insert a margin note via the menu
14905 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14907 \begin_inset Space ~
14912 or the toolbar button
14913 \begin_inset Graphics
14914 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
14935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14942 appearing within your text.
14943 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
14952 \begin_layout Standard
14953 At the side is an example marginal note.
14957 \begin_inset Marginal
14960 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14961 This is a marginal note.
14969 \begin_layout Standard
14970 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
14971 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
14972 pages, right on odd pages.
14975 \begin_layout Section
14976 Graphics and Images
14980 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14990 \begin_layout PlainLayout
14997 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14999 name "sec:Graphics"
15006 \begin_layout Standard
15007 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15008 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15009 \begin_inset Graphics
15010 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15017 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15021 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15024 \begin_layout Standard
15025 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15030 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15031 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
15032 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15034 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15035 \begin_inset Space ~
15039 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15041 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15048 \begin_layout Standard
15053 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15054 of the image in the output.
15055 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15059 \begin_inset Space ~
15063 \begin_inset Space ~
15072 \begin_inset Space ~
15076 \begin_inset Space ~
15080 \begin_inset Space ~
15085 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15086 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15094 \begin_layout Standard
15095 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
15100 You can also set the
15104 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
15105 This option is explained in section
15106 \begin_inset Space ~
15110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15112 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15120 \begin_inset Space ~
15125 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
15126 image size is printed.
15129 \begin_layout Standard
15130 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
15131 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15133 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
15134 centered paragraph:
15137 \begin_layout Standard
15139 \begin_inset Graphics
15140 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15144 rotateOrigin center
15151 \begin_layout Standard
15152 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15153 the image into a float, see section
15154 \begin_inset Space ~
15158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15160 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15167 \begin_layout Subsection
15172 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15179 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15181 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15188 \begin_layout Standard
15189 You can insert images in any known file format.
15190 But as we explained in section
15191 \begin_inset Space ~
15195 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15197 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15201 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15202 LyX uses therefore the program
15206 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15207 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15208 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15209 \begin_inset Space ~
15213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15215 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15222 \begin_layout Standard
15223 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15226 \begin_layout Description
15228 \begin_inset Space ~
15231 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15232 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15233 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15237 Graphics Interchange Format
15238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15241 (GIF, file extension
15242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15257 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15262 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15273 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15289 Portable Network Graphics
15290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15293 (PNG, file extension
15294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15309 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15314 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15325 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15341 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15345 (JPG, file extension
15346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15373 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15378 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15389 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15404 \begin_layout Description
15406 \begin_inset Space ~
15409 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15411 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15412 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15413 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15416 calable image formats can be
15417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15420 Scalable Vector Graphics
15421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15424 (SVG, file extension
15425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15440 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15445 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15456 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15472 Encapsulated PostScript
15473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15476 (EPS, file extension
15477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15492 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15497 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15508 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15524 Portable Document Format
15525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15528 (PDF, file extension
15529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15544 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15551 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15552 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15553 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15558 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15559 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15567 \begin_layout Standard
15568 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15572 \begin_layout Section
15577 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15584 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15593 \begin_layout Standard
15594 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15595 \begin_inset Graphics
15596 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15604 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15608 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15609 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15610 from the rest of the table.
15611 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15612 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15614 Here's an example table:
15617 \begin_layout Standard
15619 \begin_inset Tabular
15620 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15622 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15623 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15624 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
15625 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15626 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15630 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15639 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15657 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15666 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15673 <row topline="true">
15674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15677 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15695 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15704 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15713 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15720 <row topline="true">
15721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15724 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15742 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15751 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15764 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15771 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15775 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15793 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15802 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15811 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15825 \begin_layout Subsection
15829 \begin_layout Standard
15830 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15831 brings up the table dialog.
15832 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
15833 where the cursor is placed currently.
15834 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
15835 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
15836 done on all of your selection.
15839 \begin_layout Standard
15840 Additionally to the table dialog the
15843 \begin_inset Space ~
15848 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
15850 It is for example currently only possible to add
15851 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
15855 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
15858 delete lines via the table toolbar.
15861 \begin_layout Standard
15865 \begin_inset Space ~
15870 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
15871 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
15872 current cell respectively.
15873 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
15875 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
15876 of text, see section
15877 \begin_inset Space ~
15881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15883 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
15890 \begin_layout Standard
15891 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
15897 This will merge the cells to
15901 cell, spread over more than one column.
15902 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
15903 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
15904 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
15905 in the last row without the upper border:
15908 \begin_layout Standard
15910 \begin_inset Tabular
15911 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
15912 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
15913 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15914 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" leftline="true" width="0">
15915 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
15916 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15917 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15921 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15927 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15930 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15936 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15939 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15948 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15955 <row topline="true">
15956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15959 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15977 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15986 \begin_layout PlainLayout
15992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15995 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16002 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16006 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16012 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16015 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16024 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16033 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16047 \begin_layout Standard
16048 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16049 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16050 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16051 explained in the tables section of the
16054 \begin_inset Space ~
16060 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16061 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16064 degrees counterclockwise.
16065 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16068 \begin_layout Standard
16069 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16072 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16077 Most DVI-viewers are
16081 able to display rotations.
16089 \begin_layout Standard
16094 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16099 adds lines for all cell borders.
16102 \begin_layout Subsection
16107 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16108 Tables ! Longtables
16117 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16126 \begin_layout Standard
16127 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16130 \begin_inset Space ~
16134 \begin_inset Space ~
16143 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16144 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16147 \begin_layout Description
16152 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16153 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16154 except for the first page, if
16157 \begin_inset Space ~
16165 \begin_layout Description
16169 \begin_inset Space ~
16174 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16175 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16178 \begin_layout Description
16183 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16184 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16185 except for the last page, if
16188 \begin_inset Space ~
16196 \begin_layout Description
16200 \begin_inset Space ~
16205 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16206 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16209 \begin_layout Standard
16210 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
16211 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16212 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16213 The others will then be defined as
16218 In this context, first means first in this order:
16221 \begin_inset Space ~
16233 \begin_inset Space ~
16239 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16242 \begin_layout Standard
16244 \begin_inset Tabular
16245 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16246 <features islongtable="true">
16247 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="5cm">
16248 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16249 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16250 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
16251 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16254 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16257 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16262 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16265 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16271 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16274 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16281 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
16282 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16285 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16293 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16296 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16302 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16305 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16314 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
16315 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16318 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16326 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16329 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16335 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16338 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16345 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
16346 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16349 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16357 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16360 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16366 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16369 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16378 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfoot="true">
16379 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16382 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16390 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16393 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16399 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16402 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16409 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16413 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16424 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16430 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16433 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16440 <row bottomline="true">
16441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16444 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16455 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16464 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16471 <row bottomline="true">
16472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16475 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16486 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16495 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16502 <row bottomline="true">
16503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16506 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16517 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16526 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16533 <row bottomline="true">
16534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16537 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16548 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16557 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16564 <row bottomline="true">
16565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16568 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16579 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16588 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16595 <row bottomline="true">
16596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16599 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16610 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16619 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16626 <row bottomline="true">
16627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16630 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16641 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16650 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16657 <row bottomline="true">
16658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16661 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16672 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16681 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16688 <row bottomline="true">
16689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16692 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16703 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16712 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16719 <row bottomline="true">
16720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16723 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16734 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16743 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16750 <row bottomline="true">
16751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16754 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16765 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16774 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16781 <row bottomline="true">
16782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16785 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16796 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16805 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16812 <row bottomline="true">
16813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16816 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16827 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16836 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16843 <row bottomline="true">
16844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16847 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16858 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16867 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16874 <row bottomline="true">
16875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16878 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16889 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16898 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16905 <row bottomline="true">
16906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16909 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16920 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16929 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16936 <row bottomline="true">
16937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16940 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16951 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16960 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16967 <row bottomline="true">
16968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16971 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16982 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16991 \begin_layout PlainLayout
16998 <row bottomline="true">
16999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17002 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17013 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17022 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17029 <row bottomline="true">
17030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17033 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17044 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17053 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17060 <row bottomline="true">
17061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17064 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17075 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17084 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17091 <row bottomline="true">
17092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17095 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17106 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17115 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17122 <row bottomline="true">
17123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17126 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17137 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17146 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17153 <row bottomline="true">
17154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17157 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17168 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17177 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17184 <row bottomline="true">
17185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17188 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17199 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17208 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17215 <row bottomline="true">
17216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17219 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17230 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17239 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17246 <row bottomline="true">
17247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17250 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17261 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17270 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17277 <row bottomline="true">
17278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17281 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17292 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17301 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17308 <row bottomline="true">
17309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17312 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17323 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17332 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17339 <row bottomline="true">
17340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17343 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17354 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17363 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17370 <row bottomline="true">
17371 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17374 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17380 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17383 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17389 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17392 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17399 <row bottomline="true">
17400 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17403 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17414 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17423 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17430 <row bottomline="true">
17431 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17434 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17445 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17454 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17461 <row bottomline="true">
17462 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17465 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17476 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17485 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17492 <row bottomline="true">
17493 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17496 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17507 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17516 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17523 <row bottomline="true">
17524 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17527 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17538 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17547 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17554 <row bottomline="true">
17555 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17558 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17569 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17578 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17585 <row bottomline="true">
17586 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17589 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17600 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17609 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17616 <row bottomline="true">
17617 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17620 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17631 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17640 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17647 <row bottomline="true">
17648 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17651 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17662 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17671 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17678 <row bottomline="true">
17679 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17682 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17693 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17702 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17709 <row bottomline="true">
17710 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17713 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17724 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17733 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17740 <row bottomline="true">
17741 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17744 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17755 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17764 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17771 <row bottomline="true">
17772 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17775 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17786 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17795 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17802 <row bottomline="true">
17803 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17806 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17817 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17826 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17833 <row bottomline="true">
17834 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17837 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17848 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17857 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17864 <row bottomline="true">
17865 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17868 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17879 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17888 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17895 <row bottomline="true">
17896 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17899 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17910 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17919 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17926 <row bottomline="true">
17927 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17930 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17941 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17950 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17957 <row bottomline="true">
17958 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17961 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17972 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17981 \begin_layout PlainLayout
17988 <row bottomline="true">
17989 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17992 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18003 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18012 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18019 <row bottomline="true">
18020 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18023 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18034 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18043 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18050 <row bottomline="true">
18051 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18054 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18065 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18074 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18081 <row bottomline="true">
18082 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18085 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18096 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18105 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18112 <row bottomline="true">
18113 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18116 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18127 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18136 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18143 <row bottomline="true">
18144 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18147 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18158 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18167 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18174 <row bottomline="true">
18175 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18178 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18189 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18198 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18205 <row bottomline="true">
18206 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18209 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18220 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18229 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18236 <row bottomline="true">
18237 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18240 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18251 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18260 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18267 <row bottomline="true">
18268 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18271 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18282 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18291 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18298 <row bottomline="true">
18299 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18302 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18313 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18322 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18329 <row bottomline="true">
18330 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18333 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18344 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18353 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18360 <row bottomline="true" endlastfoot="true">
18361 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18364 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18372 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18375 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18381 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18384 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18398 \begin_layout Subsection
18403 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18410 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18412 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18419 \begin_layout Standard
18420 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18421 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18422 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18423 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18427 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18428 for the cell's paragraph.
18431 \begin_layout Standard
18432 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18433 for the column in the table dialog.
18434 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18435 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18439 \begin_layout Standard
18441 \begin_inset Tabular
18442 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18444 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
18445 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
18446 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
18447 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18451 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18466 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18469 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18487 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18507 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18525 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18535 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18543 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18559 <row bottomline="true">
18560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18563 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18581 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18591 This is longer now.
18596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18599 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18615 <row bottomline="true">
18616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18619 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18637 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18647 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18648 This is longer now.
18653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18656 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18679 \begin_layout Standard
18680 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
18681 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
18682 Selection with the mouse or with
18686 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
18687 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
18688 the selection from outside the table.
18691 \begin_layout Section
18696 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18703 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18712 \begin_layout Standard
18713 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
18714 have a fixed location.
18716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18723 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
18731 \begin_inset Space ~
18736 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
18737 too much notes at the page.
18740 \begin_layout Standard
18741 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
18742 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
18743 and pages without text.
18744 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
18745 , every float can be referenced in the text.
18746 Floats are therefore numbered.
18747 Referencing is described in section
18748 \begin_inset Space ~
18752 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18754 reference "sec:Cross-References"
18761 \begin_layout Standard
18762 To insert a float, use the menu
18764 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18768 A box with a caption that has e.
18769 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
18773 \begin_inset Space ~
18777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18781 \begin_inset Space ~
18785 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18788 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
18789 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
18791 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
18795 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18801 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
18802 paragraph within the float.
18803 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
18804 by left-clicking on the box label.
18805 A closed float box looks like this:
18806 \begin_inset Graphics
18807 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
18813 -- a gray button with a red label.
18816 \begin_layout Standard
18817 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
18818 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
18821 \begin_layout Subsection
18825 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18830 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18831 Floats ! Figure floats
18837 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18839 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
18846 \begin_layout Standard
18849 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18850 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18853 inserts a float with the label
18854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18860 \begin_inset Space ~
18866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18870 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
18871 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
18872 This is what we did for Figure
18873 \begin_inset Space ~
18877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18879 reference "cap:Platypus"
18884 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
18885 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
18886 This was done in Figure
18887 \begin_inset Space ~
18891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18893 reference "cap:Escher"
18900 \begin_layout Standard
18901 \begin_inset Float figure
18906 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18908 \begin_inset Graphics
18909 filename clipart/platypus.eps
18913 rotateOrigin center
18920 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18921 \begin_inset Caption
18923 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18924 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18926 name "cap:Platypus"
18930 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
18943 \begin_layout Standard
18944 \begin_inset Float figure
18949 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18950 \begin_inset Caption
18952 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18953 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18968 \begin_layout PlainLayout
18970 \begin_inset Graphics
18971 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
18975 rotateOrigin center
18987 \begin_layout Standard
18988 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
18990 As described in section
18991 \begin_inset Space ~
18995 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18997 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19001 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19003 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19006 and refer to it using the menu
19008 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19012 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19021 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19033 \begin_layout Standard
19034 Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you
19035 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19036 This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go
19040 \begin_inset Space ~
19045 in the appearing dialog, use the option
19049 , and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field.
19051 \begin_inset Space ~
19055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19057 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19061 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19062 You can also set the images one below the other.
19065 \begin_layout Standard
19066 \begin_inset Float figure
19071 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19072 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
19076 \begin_inset Float figure
19081 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19082 \begin_inset Caption
19084 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19093 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19094 \begin_inset Graphics
19095 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19107 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
19111 \begin_inset Float figure
19116 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19117 \begin_inset Caption
19119 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19128 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19129 \begin_inset Graphics
19130 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19143 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
19149 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19150 \begin_inset Caption
19152 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19153 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19155 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19159 Two distorted images.
19172 \begin_layout Standard
19173 Note that the caption is added to the
19176 \begin_inset Space ~
19180 \begin_inset Space ~
19185 as described in section
19186 \begin_inset Space ~
19190 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19192 reference "sec:ListsOf"
19199 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19204 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19205 Floats ! Table floats
19211 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19213 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19220 \begin_layout Standard
19221 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19223 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19224 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19228 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19231 \begin_inset Space ~
19235 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19237 reference "cap:Table-float"
19241 is an example of a table float.
19244 \begin_layout Standard
19245 \begin_inset Float table
19250 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19251 \begin_inset Caption
19253 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19254 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19256 name "cap:Table-float"
19268 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19270 \begin_inset Tabular
19271 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19273 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19274 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19275 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
19276 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19280 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19298 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19316 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19332 <row topline="true">
19333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19336 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19354 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19372 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19388 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19392 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19402 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19413 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19423 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19425 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19436 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19446 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19467 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19472 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19473 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19481 \begin_layout Standard
19482 This float type is inserted with the menu
19484 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19485 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19489 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19490 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19494 , described in section
19495 \begin_inset Space ~
19499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19501 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19508 \begin_layout Standard
19509 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19512 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19517 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19523 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19526 \begin_layout Standard
19531 floatname{algorithm}{your
19532 \begin_inset Space ~
19538 \begin_layout Standard
19539 to the document preamble (menu
19541 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19548 \begin_inset Space ~
19554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19562 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19568 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19573 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19574 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19580 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19582 name "sec:floatflt"
19589 \begin_layout Standard
19590 This float type is used if you want to
19591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19598 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
19600 It can be inserted using the menu
19601 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19608 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19609 \begin_inset Graphics
19610 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19614 rotateOrigin center
19621 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19622 \begin_inset Caption
19624 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19625 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19627 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19631 This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes
19633 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19648 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19649 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19651 \begin_inset Space ~
19655 \begin_inset Space ~
19660 if the LaTeX-package
19668 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19669 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
19678 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19679 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
19682 \begin_inset Space ~
19692 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
19695 \begin_inset Space ~
19699 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19701 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19706 \begin_inset Space ~
19709 wrap float with a width of 40
19710 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
19717 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19718 Available units are explained in Appendix
19719 \begin_inset Space ~
19723 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19725 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
19734 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
19738 \begin_layout Standard
19739 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19742 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19748 \begin_inset Space ~
19751 wrap float floats might be fragile! E.g.
19752 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
19753 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
19754 over some other text.
19762 \begin_layout Itemize
19763 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
19764 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
19765 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
19766 breaks will appear.
19769 \begin_layout Itemize
19770 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
19771 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
19774 \begin_layout Itemize
19775 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
19776 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
19779 \begin_layout Itemize
19780 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
19783 \begin_layout Subsection
19785 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19787 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
19795 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19804 \begin_layout Standard
19805 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
19806 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
19810 \begin_inset Space ~
19818 \begin_layout Standard
19819 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
19820 a two-column document).
19821 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
19822 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
19829 \begin_layout Standard
19830 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
19831 format is also the same: Table
19832 \begin_inset Space ~
19836 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19838 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
19842 is an example of a rotated table float.
19845 \begin_layout Standard
19846 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19849 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19854 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
19862 \begin_layout Standard
19863 \begin_inset Float table
19868 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19869 \begin_inset Caption
19871 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19872 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19874 name "cap:Rotated-table"
19886 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19888 \begin_inset Tabular
19889 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
19891 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
19892 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
19893 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
19894 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
19895 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
19896 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19900 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19909 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19918 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19927 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19936 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19955 \begin_layout Subsection
19957 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19959 name "sub:Float-Placement"
19967 \begin_layout PlainLayout
19976 \begin_layout Standard
19977 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
19978 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
19983 \begin_inset Space ~
19988 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
19989 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
19995 \begin_inset Space ~
20000 is used to rotate floats, see section
20001 \begin_inset Space ~
20005 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20007 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20014 \begin_layout Standard
20015 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20016 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20019 \begin_inset Space ~
20023 \begin_inset Space ~
20031 \begin_layout Description
20033 \begin_inset Space ~
20037 \begin_inset Space ~
20040 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20043 \begin_layout Description
20045 \begin_inset Space ~
20049 \begin_inset Space ~
20052 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20055 \begin_layout Description
20057 \begin_inset Space ~
20061 \begin_inset Space ~
20064 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20067 \begin_layout Description
20069 \begin_inset Space ~
20073 \begin_inset Space ~
20076 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20079 \begin_layout Standard
20080 The order of the above option is
20085 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20089 \begin_inset Space ~
20093 \begin_inset Space ~
20101 \begin_inset Space ~
20105 \begin_inset Space ~
20110 , and then the others.
20111 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20113 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20114 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20117 \begin_layout Standard
20118 By default, each options has its own rules:
20121 \begin_layout Standard
20125 \begin_inset Space ~
20129 \begin_inset Space ~
20134 only floats occupying less than 70
20135 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
20138 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20141 \begin_layout Standard
20145 \begin_inset Space ~
20149 \begin_inset Space ~
20154 : only floats occupying less than 30
20155 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
20158 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20161 \begin_layout Standard
20165 \begin_inset Space ~
20169 \begin_inset Space ~
20174 : only if more than 50
20175 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
20178 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20182 \begin_layout Standard
20183 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20187 \begin_inset Space ~
20191 \begin_inset Space ~
20199 \begin_layout Standard
20200 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20201 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20202 For this case you can use the option
20205 \begin_inset Space ~
20211 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20213 Because the float is then no longer able to
20214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20221 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20224 \begin_layout Standard
20225 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20226 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20229 \begin_layout Standard
20230 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20232 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20234 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20241 \begin_layout Section
20246 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20253 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20255 name "sec:Minipages"
20262 \begin_layout Standard
20263 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20265 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20266 \begin_inset Space ~
20273 \begin_layout Standard
20274 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20276 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20280 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20281 and its alignment within the page.
20284 \begin_layout Standard
20286 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20295 height_special "totalheight"
20298 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20301 This is a minipage.
20302 The text is set in an italic style.
20305 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20308 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20309 another formatting.
20317 \begin_layout Standard
20318 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20321 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20325 as described in section
20326 \begin_inset Space ~
20330 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20332 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20337 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20343 \begin_layout Standard
20344 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20353 height_special "totalheight"
20356 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20357 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20358 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20364 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
20368 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20377 height_special "totalheight"
20380 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20381 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20382 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20390 \begin_layout Standard
20391 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20397 \begin_layout Standard
20398 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20399 to other box types.
20400 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20411 \begin_layout Chapter
20412 Mathematical Formulas
20416 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20426 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20431 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20442 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20455 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20457 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20464 \begin_layout Standard
20465 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20470 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20473 \begin_layout Section
20478 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20487 \begin_layout Standard
20488 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20489 \begin_inset Graphics
20490 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20496 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20498 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20499 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20500 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20502 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20508 \begin_layout Standard
20509 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20513 \begin_inset Space ~
20518 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20521 \begin_layout Standard
20522 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20523 line, like this one:
20526 \begin_layout Standard
20527 This is a line with an inline formula
20528 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20534 \begin_layout Standard
20535 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20537 \begin_inset Formula \[
20542 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20545 \begin_layout Standard
20546 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20562 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20563 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20567 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20570 \begin_inset Space ~
20578 \begin_layout Subsection
20579 Navigating in Formulas
20583 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20592 \begin_layout Standard
20593 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20594 achieved with the arrow keys.
20595 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20596 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20601 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20602 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
20606 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
20610 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20612 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
20620 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
20625 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
20626 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
20629 \begin_layout Standard
20634 , printed in this document as
20635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20642 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20656 \begin_inset Note Note
20659 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20660 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
20661 space character (visible space).
20666 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
20667 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
20668 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
20673 For example, if you want
20674 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
20685 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20704 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20717 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20728 , since in the latter case only the
20731 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
20736 will be under the square root sign:
20737 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
20743 \begin_layout Standard
20744 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
20746 \begin_inset Formula \[
20747 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20750 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
20754 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
20755 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
20758 \begin_layout Subsection
20762 \begin_layout Standard
20763 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
20764 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
20768 and a cursor movement key to select text.
20769 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
20770 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
20771 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
20772 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
20775 \begin_layout Subsection
20776 Exponents and Subscripts
20780 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20790 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20799 \begin_layout Standard
20800 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
20801 way is to use a command.
20803 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
20806 , type in a formula
20812 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20828 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
20834 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
20838 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
20847 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20859 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
20861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20868 , you have to use an extra
20872 to separate the hat and the character.
20875 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
20884 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20896 Subscripts are similar: To get
20897 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
20906 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20920 \begin_layout Subsection
20925 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20934 \begin_layout Standard
20935 Create a fraction with either the command
20942 \begin_inset Graphics
20943 filename ../images/math/frac.png
20952 \begin_inset Space ~
20958 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
20959 The cursor is above the fraction line.
20960 To move it to the bottom, simply press
20965 To move back up, press
20970 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
20971 \begin_inset Formula \[
20972 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
20974 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
20981 \begin_layout Subsection
20986 \begin_layout PlainLayout
20995 \begin_layout Standard
20996 Roots can be created using the
20999 \begin_inset Space ~
21005 \begin_inset Graphics
21006 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21030 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21036 produces always a square root.
21039 \begin_layout Subsection
21040 Operators with Limits
21044 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21054 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21061 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21063 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21070 \begin_layout Standard
21072 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21076 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21079 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21080 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21081 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21082 The sum operator will automatically place its
21083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21090 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21093 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21097 \begin_inset Formula \[
21098 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21102 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21106 \begin_layout Standard
21107 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21109 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21110 behind the operator and hitting
21116 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21117 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21119 \begin_inset Space ~
21123 \begin_inset Space ~
21131 \begin_layout Standard
21132 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21140 feature as addition, such as
21144 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21151 \begin_inset Formula \[
21152 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21156 which will place the
21157 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21169 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21170 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21176 \begin_layout Standard
21177 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21184 Have a look at section
21185 \begin_inset Space ~
21189 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21191 reference "sub:Functions"
21195 for an explanation of function macros.
21198 \begin_layout Subsection
21203 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21212 \begin_layout Standard
21213 Most math symbols can be found in the
21216 \begin_inset Space ~
21221 under one of several categories; including
21238 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21242 \begin_layout Standard
21243 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21244 you don't have to use the
21247 \begin_inset Space ~
21252 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21253 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21256 \begin_layout Subsection
21261 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21268 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21270 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21277 \begin_layout Standard
21278 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21287 \begin_inset Space ~
21293 \begin_inset Graphics
21294 filename ../images/math/space.png
21300 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21301 Here a example for the sequence
21306 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21310 \begin_inset Graphics
21311 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21317 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21318 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21319 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21320 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21325 \begin_layout Standard
21335 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21341 \begin_layout Standard
21351 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21357 \begin_layout Subsection
21362 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21369 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21371 name "sub:Functions"
21378 \begin_layout Standard
21382 \begin_inset Space ~
21387 contains under the button
21388 \begin_inset Graphics
21389 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21394 a number of functions, such as
21395 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21399 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21407 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21414 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21415 avoid confusions, because
21416 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21420 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21426 \begin_layout Standard
21427 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21429 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21433 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21439 \begin_layout Standard
21440 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21441 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21442 \begin_inset Space ~
21446 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21448 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21455 \begin_layout Subsection
21460 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21469 \begin_layout Standard
21470 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21472 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21473 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
21475 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21478 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21479 Our example is entered by typing
21487 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21500 \begin_inset Space ~
21504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21506 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21510 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21513 \begin_layout Standard
21514 \begin_inset Float table
21519 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21520 \begin_inset Caption
21522 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21523 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21525 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21529 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21537 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21539 \begin_inset Tabular
21540 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21542 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
21543 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
21544 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
21545 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21549 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21558 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21567 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21583 <row topline="true">
21584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21587 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21605 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21618 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21628 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21637 <row topline="true">
21638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21641 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21659 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21672 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21682 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
21691 <row topline="true">
21692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21695 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21713 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21726 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21736 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
21745 <row topline="true">
21746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21749 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21767 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21780 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21790 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
21799 <row topline="true">
21800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21803 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21821 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21834 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21844 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
21853 <row topline="true">
21854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21857 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21875 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21888 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21898 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
21907 <row topline="true">
21908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21911 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21929 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21942 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21952 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
21961 <row topline="true">
21962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21965 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21983 \begin_layout PlainLayout
21993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21996 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22006 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22015 <row topline="true">
22016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22019 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22037 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22050 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22060 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22069 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22073 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22082 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22095 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22105 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22126 \begin_layout Standard
22127 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22130 \begin_inset Space ~
22136 \begin_inset Graphics
22137 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22142 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22146 \begin_layout Section
22147 Brackets and Delimiters
22151 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22161 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22168 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22170 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22177 \begin_layout Standard
22178 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22179 For most purposes, using just the keys
22184 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22185 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22188 \begin_inset Space ~
22194 \begin_inset Graphics
22195 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22201 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22203 \begin_inset Formula \[
22204 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22206 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22210 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22211 \begin_inset Formula \[
22212 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22219 \begin_layout Standard
22220 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22221 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22224 \begin_layout Standard
22225 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22226 left side and right side.
22227 If you use the option
22230 \begin_inset Space ~
22235 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22236 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22237 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22238 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22241 \begin_layout Standard
22242 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22243 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22244 inside the brackets.
22245 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22250 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22253 \begin_layout Standard
22254 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22265 \begin_layout Section
22270 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22277 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22279 name "sec:Grouping"
22286 \begin_layout Standard
22287 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22288 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22299 \begin_layout Standard
22300 \begin_inset Formula \[
22301 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22308 \begin_layout Standard
22309 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22324 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22325 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22326 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22329 \begin_layout Section
22330 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22334 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22344 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22354 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22355 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22363 \begin_layout Standard
22364 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22367 \begin_inset Space ~
22373 \begin_inset Graphics
22374 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22380 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22381 Here is an example:
22382 \begin_inset Formula \[
22383 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22386 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22390 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22391 \begin_inset Space ~
22395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22397 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22402 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22403 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22404 This alignment is set in the box
22409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22457 for every column as default.
22458 For example, the sequence
22459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22470 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22471 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22472 corresponds to the relevant column.
22473 The result will look like this:
22474 \begin_inset Formula \[
22476 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22477 column & has & has\, right\\
22478 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22485 \begin_layout Standard
22486 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22490 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22491 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22493 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22499 \begin_layout Standard
22500 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22501 It can be created with the menu
22503 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22504 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22506 \begin_inset Space ~
22519 \begin_inset Formula \[
22523 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22530 \begin_layout Standard
22531 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22534 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22542 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22551 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22559 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22560 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22561 A new row is created by every further hit of
22569 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22570 Here is an example:
22571 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22572 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22573 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22577 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22578 where you want to start the shift and hit
22583 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22584 position to the next column.
22585 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22586 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22587 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22588 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22595 \begin_layout Standard
22596 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22603 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22604 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22605 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22607 reference "eq:asquared"
22612 The other types are described in section
22613 \begin_inset Space ~
22617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22619 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22626 \begin_layout Section
22627 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22631 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22632 Math ! Formula numbering
22641 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22642 Math ! Referencing formulas
22648 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22650 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22657 \begin_layout Standard
22658 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
22660 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22661 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22663 \begin_inset Space ~
22671 \begin_inset Space ~
22677 The formula number appears in LyX as
22678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22685 within parentheses.
22687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22694 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
22696 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
22697 the document class.
22698 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
22699 separated by a dot:
22700 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
22701 1+1=2\end{equation}
22708 \begin_inset Space ~
22713 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
22714 You can only number displayed formulas.
22717 \begin_layout Standard
22718 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
22720 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22721 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22723 \begin_inset Space ~
22727 \begin_inset Space ~
22731 \begin_inset Space ~
22739 \begin_inset Space ~
22744 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
22745 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22747 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
22748 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
22752 To number all lines use the shortcut
22755 \begin_inset Space ~
22763 \begin_layout Standard
22764 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22767 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
22768 A label is inserted with the menu
22770 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22773 when the cursor is in the formula.
22774 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
22775 It is recommended to use the proposed
22776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22784 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22787 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
22788 type when you have many labels in your document.
22789 We inserted in the following example the label
22790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22797 in the second line:
22798 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22799 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
22800 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
22804 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
22805 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
22807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22815 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
22817 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22819 \begin_inset Space ~
22825 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
22826 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
22827 as the formula number:
22830 \begin_layout Standard
22831 This is a cross-reference to equation (
22832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22834 reference "eq:tanhExp"
22841 \begin_layout Standard
22842 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
22843 \begin_inset Space ~
22847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22849 reference "sec:Cross-References"
22854 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
22857 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22860 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
22864 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22865 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
22873 \begin_layout Section
22874 User defined math macros
22878 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22885 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22887 name "sec:math-macros"
22894 \begin_layout Standard
22895 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
22896 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
22897 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
22900 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
22901 \begin_inset Formula \[
22902 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
22906 The general form of its solution is:
22907 \begin_inset Formula \[
22908 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
22915 \begin_layout Standard
22916 The macro should print the parameters
22917 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
22921 \begin_inset Formula $p$
22925 \begin_inset Formula $q$
22928 like in the equation above.
22931 \begin_layout Standard
22932 A macro is created by executing the command
22935 \begin_layout Standard
22942 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22955 \begin_layout PlainLayout
22965 \begin_inset Space ~
22969 \begin_inset Space ~
22975 \begin_layout Standard
22976 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
22977 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
22978 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
22979 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
22983 \begin_layout Standard
22984 We have three arguments and name the macro
22985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22992 , so that the command is:
22995 \begin_layout Standard
23002 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23015 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23027 \begin_layout Standard
23028 This results in the following macro definition box:
23029 \begin_inset Graphics
23030 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23036 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23037 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23038 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23042 \begin_inset Note Note
23045 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23046 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23047 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23055 \begin_layout Standard
23056 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23057 the math panel or commands.
23058 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23059 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23070 for the first argument.
23071 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23072 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23073 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23074 in LyX with its full size.
23075 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23076 In our example we insert the sequence
23106 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23109 \begin_layout Standard
23110 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23125 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23128 \begin_layout Standard
23130 \begin_inset Graphics
23131 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23139 \begin_layout Standard
23140 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23141 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23142 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23143 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23144 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23147 \begin_layout Standard
23148 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23149 to the new definition.
23150 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23151 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23155 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23159 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23163 \begin_inset Formula \[
23171 \begin_layout Standard
23172 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23176 \begin_layout Standard
23195 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23210 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23221 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23224 \begin_layout Standard
23225 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23226 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23227 definition box in your document.
23228 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23230 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23232 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23237 \begin_layout Section
23241 \begin_layout Subsection
23246 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23255 \begin_layout Standard
23256 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23257 To set a font in a formula, use the
23260 \begin_inset Space ~
23266 \begin_inset Graphics
23267 filename ../images/math/font.png
23272 , or enter its command, listed in table
23273 \begin_inset Space ~
23277 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23279 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23286 \begin_layout Standard
23287 \begin_inset Float table
23292 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23293 \begin_inset Caption
23295 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23296 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23298 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23302 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23310 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23312 \begin_inset Tabular
23313 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23315 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
23316 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
23317 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
23318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23321 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23330 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23337 <row topline="true">
23338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23341 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23348 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23359 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23370 <row topline="true">
23371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23374 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23375 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23386 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23397 <row topline="true">
23398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23401 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23402 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23413 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23424 <row topline="true">
23425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23428 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23435 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23446 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23457 <row topline="true">
23458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23461 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23462 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23473 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23484 <row topline="true">
23485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23488 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23489 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23500 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23511 <row topline="true">
23512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23515 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23523 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23534 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23545 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
23546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23549 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23550 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23561 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23584 \begin_layout Standard
23585 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23588 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23593 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23609 \begin_layout Standard
23610 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23611 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23616 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23617 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23618 Here an example where a
23619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23630 denotes the set of numbers:
23631 \begin_inset Formula \[
23632 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23639 \begin_layout Standard
23640 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23651 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23656 So better don't use this feature.
23659 \begin_layout Standard
23660 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23661 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23666 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23672 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23673 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23679 \begin_layout Standard
23686 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23689 \begin_layout Standard
23690 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23692 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23693 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23695 \begin_inset Space ~
23703 \begin_layout Subsection
23708 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23717 \begin_layout Standard
23718 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23720 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23724 \begin_inset Space ~
23728 \begin_inset Space ~
23736 \begin_inset Space ~
23742 \begin_inset Graphics
23743 filename ../images/math/font.png
23748 (alternatively the shortcut
23751 \begin_inset Space ~
23757 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23758 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23759 Here is an example:
23760 \begin_inset Formula \[
23762 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23763 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23770 \begin_layout Subsection
23775 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23784 \begin_layout Standard
23785 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23786 automatically chosen in most situations.
23804 For most characters,
23812 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23813 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23818 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23819 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
23820 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23821 \begin_inset Graphics
23822 filename ../images/math/style.png
23828 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23829 For example, you can set
23830 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23833 , which is normally in
23842 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23846 The four styles are used in the following example:
23849 \begin_layout Standard
23850 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23854 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23858 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23862 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23868 \begin_layout Standard
23869 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23870 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23872 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23874 \begin_inset Space ~
23879 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23880 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23881 will be adjusted to correspond.
23882 As example a formula in the font size
23883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23893 \begin_layout Standard
23897 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23903 \begin_layout Section
23908 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23918 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23927 \begin_layout Standard
23928 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
23929 (AMS) that are in common use.
23932 \begin_layout Subsection
23933 Enabling AMS-Support
23936 \begin_layout Standard
23937 Selecting the checkbox
23940 \begin_inset Space ~
23944 \begin_inset Space ~
23948 \begin_inset Space ~
23955 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23962 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23963 Document ! Settings
23971 \begin_inset Space ~
23976 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
23978 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
23979 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
23982 \begin_layout Subsection
23984 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23986 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23994 \begin_layout PlainLayout
23995 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24003 \begin_layout Standard
24004 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24005 LyX allows you to choose between
24026 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24029 \begin_layout Chapter
24033 \begin_layout Section
24038 \begin_layout PlainLayout
24045 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24047 name "sec:Cross-References"
24054 \begin_layout Standard
24055 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24056 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24058 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24059 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24060 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24063 \begin_layout Enumerate
24067 \begin_layout Enumerate
24068 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24070 name "enu:Second-item"
24077 \begin_layout Enumerate
24081 \begin_layout Standard
24082 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24084 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24087 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24088 \begin_inset Graphics
24089 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24096 A grey label box like this:
24097 \begin_inset Graphics
24098 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24104 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24105 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24140 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24141 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24156 \begin_layout Standard
24157 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24159 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24162 or the toolbar button
24163 \begin_inset Graphics
24164 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24171 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24172 \begin_inset Graphics
24173 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24179 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24181 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24194 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24196 Here is our cross-reference:
24199 \begin_layout Standard
24201 \begin_inset Space ~
24205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24207 reference "enu:Second-item"
24214 \begin_layout Standard
24215 It is recommended to use a protected space
24219 \begin_layout PlainLayout
24220 described in section
24221 \begin_inset Space ~
24225 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24227 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24236 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
24240 \begin_layout Standard
24241 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24244 \begin_layout Description
24245 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24246 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24248 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24255 \begin_layout Description
24256 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24257 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24267 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24269 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24276 \begin_layout Description
24277 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24278 \begin_inset Space ~
24282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24283 LatexCommand pageref
24284 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24291 \begin_layout Description
24293 \begin_inset Space ~
24297 \begin_inset Space ~
24300 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24301 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24302 LatexCommand vpageref
24303 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24310 \begin_layout Description
24312 \begin_inset Space ~
24316 \begin_inset Space ~
24320 \begin_inset Space ~
24323 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24325 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24327 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24334 \begin_layout Description
24336 \begin_inset Space ~
24339 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24342 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24345 \begin_layout PlainLayout
24350 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24356 \begin_layout PlainLayout
24357 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24372 \begin_layout Standard
24373 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24374 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24376 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
24380 \begin_inset Space ~
24384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24398 \begin_layout Standard
24399 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24400 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24401 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24405 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24409 \begin_layout Standard
24410 You can only use the style
24414 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24418 is always possible.
24421 \begin_layout Standard
24422 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24423 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24424 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24425 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24426 \begin_inset Space ~
24430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24432 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24439 \begin_layout Standard
24443 \begin_inset Space ~
24447 \begin_inset Space ~
24452 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24453 The button text changes then to
24456 \begin_inset Space ~
24461 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24462 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24463 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24467 \begin_layout Standard
24468 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24469 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24470 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24473 \begin_layout Standard
24474 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24475 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24478 \begin_layout Standard
24479 References are described in detail in the
24486 \begin_layout Section
24487 Table of Contents and other Listings
24491 \begin_layout PlainLayout
24501 \begin_layout PlainLayout
24508 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24517 \begin_layout Subsection
24518 Table of Contents and Outline
24519 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24521 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24528 \begin_layout Standard
24529 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24531 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24532 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24534 \begin_inset Space ~
24538 \begin_inset Space ~
24544 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24545 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
24546 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
24547 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
24554 \begin_layout Standard
24555 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
24556 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24558 \begin_inset Space ~
24562 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24564 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24568 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24570 \begin_inset Space ~
24574 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24576 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24580 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24582 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
24583 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
24584 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24587 \begin_layout Standard
24588 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
24590 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
24592 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24598 \begin_layout Subsection
24599 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
24600 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24609 \begin_layout Standard
24610 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24611 You can insert them via the
24613 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24615 \begin_inset Space ~
24619 \begin_inset Space ~
24625 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24628 \begin_layout Section
24629 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
24633 \begin_layout PlainLayout
24640 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24649 \begin_layout Standard
24650 It is often desirable to include long
24651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24658 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.
24659 These things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult
24660 to typeset properly.
24661 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
24662 resulting in an overfull line.
24663 To avoid this, use the menu
24665 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24668 to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully, if necessary.
24671 \begin_layout Standard
24672 The URL dialog has two fields; the URL field and the
24676 field for the URL description, which will be typeset as plain text immediately
24681 \begin_layout Standard
24683 \begin_inset Flex URL
24686 \begin_layout PlainLayout
24696 \begin_layout Standard
24697 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24707 \begin_layout Itemize
24708 When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
24709 them with a backslash before, e.g.
24711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24723 \begin_layout Itemize
24724 URLs must not end with a backslash!
24727 \begin_layout Section
24732 \begin_layout PlainLayout
24739 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24741 name "sec:Appendices"
24748 \begin_layout Standard
24749 Appendices are created with the menu
24751 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24753 \begin_inset Space ~
24757 \begin_inset Space ~
24763 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24764 as appendix region.
24765 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24768 \begin_layout Standard
24769 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24770 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24771 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24772 and the subsection number.
24773 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24777 \begin_layout Standard
24779 \begin_inset Space ~
24783 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24785 reference "cha:Credits"
24790 \begin_inset Space ~
24794 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24796 reference "sub:Export"
24803 \begin_layout Section
24808 \begin_layout PlainLayout
24815 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24817 name "sec:Bibliography"
24824 \begin_layout Standard
24825 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
24826 You can include a bibliography database
24830 \begin_layout PlainLayout
24831 Known under the name
24832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24844 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
24846 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
24850 , described in section
24851 \begin_inset Space ~
24855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24857 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
24864 \begin_layout Standard
24869 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
24871 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
24880 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
24882 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
24884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24891 , a short form of its title, as key.
24894 \begin_layout Standard
24895 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
24897 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24900 or the toobar button
24901 \begin_inset Graphics
24902 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
24904 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24909 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
24910 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
24911 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
24912 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
24916 \begin_layout Standard
24917 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
24918 with surrounding brackets.
24923 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
24924 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
24926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24936 \begin_layout Standard
24939 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
24942 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
24944 key "latexcompanion"
24951 \begin_layout Standard
24952 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
24953 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
24962 \begin_layout Subsection
24963 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
24967 \begin_layout PlainLayout
24968 Bibliography ! Databases
24977 \begin_layout PlainLayout
24978 Bibliography ! BibT
24982 \begin_layout PlainLayout
24995 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24997 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25002 \begin_inset Note Note
25005 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25006 Fix this Index entry when bug 4600 is fixed!
25014 \begin_layout Standard
25015 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25017 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25019 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25020 your working field in a database.
25021 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25022 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25025 \begin_layout Standard
25026 The database is a text file with the file extension
25027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25038 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25039 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25040 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25042 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25047 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25051 \begin_inset Flex URL
25054 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25056 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25063 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25066 \begin_layout Standard
25067 To use a database, use the menu
25069 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25074 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25079 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25087 \begin_inset Space ~
25093 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25094 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25097 \begin_layout Standard
25098 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25110 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25111 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25112 take care of the layout.
25115 \begin_layout Standard
25116 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25119 \begin_layout Standard
25120 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25126 \begin_layout Standard
25127 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25129 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25140 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25155 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25163 \begin_inset Space ~
25169 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25177 \begin_layout Standard
25178 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25184 \begin_layout Standard
25185 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25186 the two methods of creating them.
25187 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25188 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25189 We used the style file
25193 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25196 \begin_layout Subsection
25197 Bibliography layout
25201 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25202 Bibliography ! Layout
25210 \begin_layout Standard
25211 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25212 For this feature you need to use the option
25218 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25225 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25226 Document ! Settings
25236 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25237 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25238 in the previous section.
25241 \begin_layout Standard
25242 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25243 in the citation reference window.
25244 Here an example where we set the text
25245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25249 \begin_inset Space ~
25253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25256 to appear after the reference:
25259 \begin_layout Standard
25261 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25264 key "latexcompanion"
25271 \begin_layout Section
25276 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25283 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25292 \begin_layout Standard
25293 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25295 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25297 \begin_inset Space ~
25302 or the toolbar button
25303 \begin_inset Graphics
25304 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25306 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25323 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25324 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25325 by LyX as index entry.
25328 \begin_layout Standard
25329 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25330 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25332 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25334 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25341 \begin_layout Standard
25342 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25345 \begin_layout Standard
25346 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25348 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25350 \begin_inset Space ~
25354 \begin_inset Space ~
25357 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25359 \begin_inset Space ~
25365 A light blue box labeled
25366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25377 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25378 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25381 \begin_layout Subsection
25382 Grouping Index Entries
25386 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25395 \begin_layout Standard
25396 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25398 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25399 lists under the entry
25400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25408 First we create the entry
25409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25417 \begin_inset Space ~
25421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25423 reference "sub:Lists"
25428 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25429 \begin_inset Space ~
25433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25435 reference "sec:Itemize"
25439 , we insert the command
25442 \begin_layout Standard
25448 \begin_layout Standard
25452 \begin_layout Standard
25458 \begin_layout Standard
25459 for the enumerated list in section
25460 \begin_inset Space ~
25464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25466 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25473 \begin_layout Standard
25474 The exclamation mark
25475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25482 marks the grouping levels.
25483 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25484 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25485 If we don't have an index entry for
25486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25493 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25496 \begin_layout Subsection
25501 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25502 Index ! Page ranges
25510 \begin_layout Standard
25511 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25513 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25514 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25516 \begin_inset Space ~
25520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25522 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25529 \begin_layout Standard
25532 Paragraph environments|(
25535 \begin_layout Standard
25536 and another entry at the end of section
25537 \begin_inset Space ~
25541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25543 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25550 \begin_layout Standard
25553 Paragraph environments|)
25556 \begin_layout Standard
25558 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25581 respectively starts and ends the index range.
25582 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25583 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25584 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25585 An example is the index entry
25586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25589 Document ! Settings
25590 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25596 \begin_layout Subsection
25601 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25602 Index ! Cross referencing
25610 \begin_layout Standard
25611 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25612 We referred for example in the index entry
25613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25621 \begin_inset Space ~
25625 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25627 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25631 ) to the index entry
25632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25639 in the same section using the entry
25642 \begin_layout Standard
25645 GIF|see{Image formats}
25648 \begin_layout Standard
25649 Where the braces have to be inserted as ERT.
25650 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25651 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25654 \begin_layout Subsection
25659 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25660 Index ! Entry order
25668 \begin_layout Standard
25669 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25670 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25671 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25675 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25676 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25678 \begin_inset Space ~
25682 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25684 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25693 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25694 We created as example the three dummy index entries
25695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25703 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25707 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25722 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25723 Dummy entries ! maïs
25732 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25733 Dummy entries ! maître
25742 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25743 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
25748 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
25749 order maïs, maison, maître.
25750 To achieve this, we use the command
25753 \begin_layout Standard
25756 previous entry@current entry
25759 \begin_layout Standard
25760 In our case we want to have
25761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25776 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
25779 \begin_layout Standard
25785 \begin_layout Standard
25786 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
25787 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
25791 \begin_layout Subsection
25796 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25797 Index ! Entry layout
25805 \begin_layout Standard
25806 You can change the appearance of insert entries via the textstyle dialog.
25810 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25811 Dummy entries ! This@
25813 This is an italic entry at the correct position
25822 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25825 This is an italic entry at the wrong position
25830 LyX will then in the background add commands for the layout that destroy
25832 To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
25836 \begin_layout Standard
25841 This is an italic entry
25844 \begin_layout Standard
25845 You can also format the page number using the character
25846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25853 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
25854 We can write for example
25857 \begin_layout Standard
25860 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
25863 \begin_layout Standard
25864 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
25868 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25869 Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums
25874 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
25876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25892 \begin_inset Space ~
25898 Have a look at section
25899 \begin_inset Space ~
25903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25905 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
25909 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
25912 \begin_layout Standard
25913 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
25915 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
25916 for all index entries.
25919 \begin_layout Subsection
25924 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25931 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25933 name "sub:Index-Program"
25940 \begin_layout Standard
25941 LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
25946 It can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences dialog,
25948 \begin_inset Space ~
25952 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25954 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
25959 The available options are listed and explained in
25960 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25969 \begin_layout Standard
25970 You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
25979 \begin_layout PlainLayout
25988 \begin_layout Section
25989 Nomenclature / Glossary
25993 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26003 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26008 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26019 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26032 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26034 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26041 \begin_layout Standard
26042 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26043 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26047 \begin_layout Standard
26048 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26054 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26055 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26063 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26064 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26070 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26073 \begin_layout Standard
26074 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26075 and then use the menu
26077 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26083 \begin_inset Space ~
26088 or the toobar button
26089 \begin_inset Graphics
26090 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26092 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26109 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26112 \begin_layout Standard
26113 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26114 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26115 The second is the description of the symbol.
26118 \begin_layout Standard
26119 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26122 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26127 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
26128 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26136 \begin_layout Subsection
26137 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26141 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26142 Nomenclature ! Layout
26150 \begin_layout Standard
26151 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26155 field as LaTeX-formula.
26157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26161 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26186 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26187 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26199 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26209 \begin_layout Standard
26210 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26211 \begin_inset Space ~
26215 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26217 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26224 \begin_layout Standard
26228 \begin_inset Space ~
26233 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26234 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26239 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26246 in this document is:
26250 dummy entry for the character
26265 \begin_inset Space ~
26275 font use the command
26304 \begin_layout Subsection
26305 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26309 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26310 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26318 \begin_layout Standard
26319 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26320 the symbol definition.
26321 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26322 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26325 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26326 LatexCommand nomenclature
26328 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26335 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26339 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26340 LatexCommand nomenclature
26343 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26348 They will be sorted by
26349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26375 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26378 will be sorted before the
26382 since the character
26383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26390 is considered in sorting.
26393 \begin_layout Standard
26394 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26397 \begin_inset Space ~
26402 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26403 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26405 For the given example, you can insert
26409 to this field for the
26410 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26417 will be located before
26418 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26424 \begin_layout Standard
26425 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26430 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26439 \begin_layout Subsection
26440 Nomenclature Options
26444 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26445 Nomenclature ! Options
26453 \begin_layout Standard
26458 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26459 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26462 \begin_layout Description
26463 refeq Appends the phrase
26464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26479 to every nomenclature entry, where
26485 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26488 \begin_layout Description
26489 refpage Appends the phrase
26490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26505 to every nomenclature entry, where
26511 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26514 \begin_layout Description
26515 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26518 \begin_layout Standard
26519 There are furthermore the options
26563 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
26567 \begin_layout Standard
26568 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
26569 class options list in the
26571 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26575 In this document the options
26586 \begin_layout Standard
26587 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26593 \begin_layout Standard
26594 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
26595 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
26600 field in the nomenclature dialog:
26603 \begin_layout Description
26613 \begin_layout Description
26616 nomrefpage Like the
26623 \begin_layout Description
26626 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
26635 \begin_layout Description
26639 \begin_inset Space ~
26645 \begin_inset Space ~
26650 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
26653 \begin_layout Subsection
26654 Printing the Nomenclature
26658 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26659 Nomenclature ! Printing
26667 \begin_layout Standard
26668 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
26670 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26672 \begin_inset Space ~
26676 \begin_inset Space ~
26679 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26683 A light blue box labeled
26684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26695 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
26696 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
26699 \begin_layout Standard
26700 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
26701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26709 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
26717 For example, in order to change the name to
26721 , add the following line to the preamble:
26724 \begin_layout Standard
26732 nomname}{List of Symbols}
26735 \begin_layout Standard
26736 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
26742 \begin_layout Standard
26743 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
26744 by adding the following line to the preamble:
26747 \begin_layout Standard
26755 nomlabelwidth}{width}
26758 \begin_layout Standard
26761 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
26762 \begin_inset Space ~
26766 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26768 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
26773 The default value is 1
26774 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
26780 \begin_layout Section
26785 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26795 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26796 Document ! Branches
26802 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26804 name "sec:Branches"
26811 \begin_layout Standard
26812 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
26813 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
26814 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
26815 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
26818 \begin_layout Standard
26819 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
26820 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
26821 To create a branch, go in the
26823 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26831 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
26832 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
26835 \begin_layout Standard
26836 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
26837 These boxes are inserted via the menu
26839 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26842 where you can choose a branch.
26843 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
26846 \begin_layout Standard
26847 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
26848 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
26851 \begin_layout Standard
26852 \begin_inset Branch Question
26855 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26856 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
26864 \begin_layout Standard
26865 \begin_inset Branch Answer
26868 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26869 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
26877 \begin_layout Standard
26878 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26884 \begin_layout Standard
26885 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
26886 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
26888 For example you can define for the question branch
26892 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26893 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
26894 \begin_inset Space ~
26898 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26900 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26912 \begin_layout Standard
26922 \begin_layout Standard
26932 \begin_layout Standard
26933 and for the answer branch
26936 \begin_layout Standard
26946 \begin_layout Standard
26956 \begin_layout Standard
26957 \begin_inset Branch Question
26960 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26964 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26973 \begin_layout PlainLayout
26992 \begin_layout Standard
26993 \begin_inset Branch Answer
26996 \begin_layout PlainLayout
27000 \begin_layout PlainLayout
27009 \begin_layout PlainLayout
27028 \begin_layout Standard
27029 Now it is possible to use the commands
27033 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27040 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27043 to obtain conditional output.
27044 Here is an example formula where only the
27051 \begin_inset Formula \[
27052 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question {x_{1}}\answer {x_{2}}=1\question {+\sqrt{3}}\answer {-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27059 \begin_layout Standard
27060 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27061 \begin_inset Space ~
27065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27067 reference "sec:math-macros"
27074 \begin_layout Section
27075 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
27076 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27085 \begin_layout Subsection
27090 \begin_layout PlainLayout
27097 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27099 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
27106 \begin_layout Standard
27107 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27108 constructs, but not all.
27109 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27110 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
27111 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
27112 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27113 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
27114 and their commands.
27117 \begin_layout Standard
27118 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27128 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
27129 An ERT box is created by the menu
27131 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27134 or by the toolbar button
27135 \begin_inset Graphics
27136 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27142 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
27155 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
27156 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
27167 \begin_layout Standard
27168 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
27169 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27170 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27177 , you can write the command part
27183 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
27187 in a second ERT box behind the word.
27188 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
27192 \begin_layout Standard
27193 \begin_inset Graphics
27194 filename clipart/ERT.png
27203 \begin_layout Standard
27207 \begin_layout Standard
27208 This is a line with a
27212 \begin_layout PlainLayout
27225 \begin_layout PlainLayout
27235 \begin_layout Standard
27236 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27239 \begin_layout PlainLayout
27244 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27245 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27253 \begin_layout Subsection
27254 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27255 \begin_inset OptArg
27258 \begin_layout PlainLayout
27268 \begin_layout PlainLayout
27275 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27277 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27284 \begin_layout Standard
27285 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27286 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27287 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27296 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27297 every time if you know the right commands.
27299 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27300 the end of the day.
27301 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27302 all caption labels bold.
27303 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27305 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27308 \begin_layout Standard
27309 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27310 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27311 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27313 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27322 \begin_layout Standard
27323 As result you know that the package
27331 \begin_layout PlainLayout
27332 LaTeX-packages ! caption
27338 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27340 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27346 \begin_layout Standard
27351 usepackage[options]{package name}
27354 \begin_layout Standard
27355 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27356 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27357 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27360 \begin_layout Standard
27361 In your case the package name is
27366 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27371 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27372 So you add the command
27375 \begin_layout Standard
27380 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27383 \begin_layout Standard
27384 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27388 \begin_layout PlainLayout
27389 For more commands provided by the
27393 package, have a look at its documentation,
27394 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27408 \begin_layout Standard
27409 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
27411 For example if you use a
27415 class, you don't need the package
27419 , you can instead write
27422 \begin_layout Standard
27427 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
27432 \begin_layout Standard
27433 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
27434 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
27435 documentation of the document class you want to use.
27442 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
27445 \begin_layout Standard
27446 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
27447 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
27449 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
27453 \begin_layout Standard
27454 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
27456 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27458 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
27466 \begin_layout Section
27467 Previewing Snippets of your Document
27471 \begin_layout PlainLayout
27478 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27480 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
27488 \begin_layout PlainLayout
27497 \begin_layout Standard
27498 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
27499 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
27500 to break your train of thought with
27502 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27508 \begin_layout Standard
27509 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
27510 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
27516 \begin_layout PlainLayout
27517 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
27524 as explained below, and turn on
27527 \begin_inset Space ~
27534 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27540 \begin_inset Space ~
27544 \begin_inset Space ~
27547 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27553 \begin_layout Standard
27554 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
27556 Previews of an already loaded document are
27560 generated just by selecting the
27563 \begin_inset Space ~
27568 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
27571 \begin_layout Standard
27572 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
27573 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
27576 \begin_inset Space ~
27581 check box in the insert dialog.
27582 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
27586 \begin_layout Standard
27587 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
27591 (on some systems named simply
27596 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27598 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27604 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27605 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
27613 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
27617 \begin_layout Standard
27618 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27624 \begin_layout Standard
27625 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
27629 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27631 \begin_inset Space ~
27636 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
27637 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
27639 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
27640 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
27641 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
27642 the source view window.
27645 \begin_layout Section
27647 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27649 name "sec:Spellchecking"
27657 \begin_layout PlainLayout
27666 \begin_layout Standard
27667 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
27668 Rather it uses one of the external programs
27685 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
27691 can be seen as successor of
27695 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
27700 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
27701 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
27709 \begin_layout Standard
27710 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
27711 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
27718 \begin_layout Standard
27721 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27724 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
27725 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
27726 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
27727 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
27728 scrolled so that it is visible.
27733 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
27735 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
27739 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
27740 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
27743 \begin_layout Standard
27744 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
27747 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27751 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
27752 will bring an error message.
27753 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
27754 specifying a different
27756 Alternative language
27758 in preferences dialog.
27761 \begin_layout Standard
27762 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
27765 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
27769 \begin_layout Standard
27770 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
27771 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
27773 But you can use the
27776 \begin_inset Space ~
27780 \begin_inset Space ~
27788 \begin_layout Standard
27789 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
27790 This does work with
27794 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
27797 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
27801 \begin_layout Standard
27806 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
27809 \begin_layout Description
27811 \begin_inset Space ~
27814 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
27815 should consider, e.g.
27816 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
27817 This should not normally be needed.
27820 \begin_layout Description
27822 \begin_inset Space ~
27825 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
27826 as your personal dictionary
27829 \begin_layout Description
27831 \begin_inset Space ~
27835 \begin_inset Space ~
27838 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
27840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27850 \begin_layout Description
27852 \begin_inset Space ~
27856 \begin_inset Space ~
27859 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
27861 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27868 also for the spellchecker.
27872 \begin_layout PlainLayout
27873 The encodings are explained in section
27874 \begin_inset Space ~
27878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27880 reference "sub:Settings"
27889 Only enable this if you use
27893 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
27894 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
27895 so this is disabled by default.
27898 \begin_layout Section
27903 \begin_layout PlainLayout
27910 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27912 name "sec:Thesaurus"
27919 \begin_layout Standard
27920 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
27923 \begin_layout Standard
27924 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
27927 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27930 or the toolbar button
27931 \begin_inset Graphics
27932 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
27934 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
27935 rotateOrigin center
27940 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
27944 \begin_layout Standard
27945 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
27946 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
27947 cases to find related words.
27950 \begin_layout Standard
27951 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
27953 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
27954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27961 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
27962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27970 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
27971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27989 \begin_layout Section
27994 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28004 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28005 Document ! Change Tracking
28011 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28013 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28020 \begin_layout Standard
28021 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28022 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28023 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28024 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28026 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28028 \begin_inset Space ~
28031 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28033 \begin_inset Space ~
28041 \begin_layout Standard
28042 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28051 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28054 \begin_inset Space ~
28058 \begin_inset Space ~
28071 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28080 \begin_layout Standard
28081 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28085 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28094 \begin_layout Standard
28095 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28101 \begin_layout Standard
28102 \begin_inset Graphics
28103 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28111 \begin_layout Standard
28112 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28118 \begin_layout Standard
28119 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28123 \begin_layout Standard
28124 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28130 \begin_layout Standard
28131 \begin_inset Tabular
28132 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28133 <features islongtable="true">
28134 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28135 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28136 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28140 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28141 \begin_inset Graphics
28142 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28144 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28145 rotateOrigin center
28154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28157 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28160 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28162 \begin_inset Space ~
28165 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28167 \begin_inset Space ~
28176 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28180 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28181 \begin_inset Graphics
28182 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28184 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28185 rotateOrigin center
28194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28197 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28200 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28202 \begin_inset Space ~
28205 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28207 \begin_inset Space ~
28211 \begin_inset Space ~
28215 \begin_inset Space ~
28224 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28228 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28229 \begin_inset Graphics
28230 filename ../images/change-next.png
28232 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28233 rotateOrigin center
28242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28245 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28246 Jumps to the next change
28252 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28256 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28257 \begin_inset Graphics
28258 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28260 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28261 rotateOrigin center
28270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28273 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28276 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28278 \begin_inset Space ~
28281 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28283 \begin_inset Space ~
28292 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28296 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28297 \begin_inset Graphics
28298 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28300 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28301 rotateOrigin center
28310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28313 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28316 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28318 \begin_inset Space ~
28321 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28323 \begin_inset Space ~
28332 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28336 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28337 \begin_inset Graphics
28338 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28340 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28341 rotateOrigin center
28350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28353 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28356 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28358 \begin_inset Space ~
28361 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28363 \begin_inset Space ~
28372 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28376 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28377 \begin_inset Graphics
28378 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28380 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28381 rotateOrigin center
28390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28393 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28396 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28398 \begin_inset Space ~
28401 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28403 \begin_inset Space ~
28407 \begin_inset Space ~
28416 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28420 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28421 \begin_inset Graphics
28422 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
28424 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28425 rotateOrigin center
28434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28437 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28440 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28442 \begin_inset Space ~
28445 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28447 \begin_inset Space ~
28451 \begin_inset Space ~
28460 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28464 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28465 \begin_inset Graphics
28466 filename ../images/note-insert.png
28468 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28469 rotateOrigin center
28478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28481 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28484 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28485 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28487 \begin_inset Space ~
28496 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28500 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28501 \begin_inset Graphics
28502 filename ../images/note-next.png
28504 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28505 rotateOrigin center
28514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28517 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28520 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28522 \begin_inset Space ~
28538 \begin_layout Standard
28539 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28545 \begin_layout Standard
28546 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
28547 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
28548 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
28549 the next change behind the current cursor position.
28550 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
28551 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
28552 step to the next change.
28553 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
28556 \begin_layout Standard
28557 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
28558 to describe a change.
28561 \begin_layout Standard
28562 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
28568 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28569 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
28577 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28578 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28584 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28587 \begin_layout Section
28588 International Support
28592 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28593 International support
28601 \begin_layout Standard
28602 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
28603 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
28604 how to set up LyX to use them:
28605 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28607 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
28614 \begin_layout Standard
28615 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
28616 \begin_inset Space ~
28620 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28622 reference "sub:Special-Character"
28629 \begin_layout Subsection
28634 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28644 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28645 Document ! Settings
28654 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28655 Document ! Language
28663 \begin_layout Standard
28666 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28669 dialog lets you set
28671 the language and character encoding for your language.
28675 \begin_layout Standard
28676 Choose your language in the
28680 section of this dialog.
28688 \begin_layout Standard
28693 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
28697 use language's default encoding
28699 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
28700 For details abhout the different encoding options see section
28701 \begin_inset Space ~
28705 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28707 reference "sub:Settings"
28714 \begin_layout Subsection
28715 Keyboard mapping configuration
28718 \begin_layout Standard
28719 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
28720 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
28721 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
28722 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
28723 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
28725 \begin_inset Space ~
28729 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28731 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
28736 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
28737 which one you want to use.
28740 \begin_layout Standard
28741 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
28742 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
28743 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
28744 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
28745 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
28746 one to support the characters you want.
28747 This and much more customizations are explained in the
28754 \begin_layout Subsection
28756 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28765 \begin_layout Standard
28767 \begin_inset Space ~
28771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28773 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
28782 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
28786 \begin_layout Standard
28787 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
28788 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
28796 \begin_layout Itemize
28797 Even if you have selected
28803 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28806 dialog, users who have only the
28810 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
28814 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
28815 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
28816 french quotes won't show up.
28819 \begin_layout Standard
28820 \begin_inset Float table
28825 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28826 \begin_inset Caption
28828 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28829 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28831 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
28847 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28849 \begin_inset Tabular
28850 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
28852 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
28853 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
28854 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
28855 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
28856 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
28857 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
28858 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
28859 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
28860 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
28861 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
28862 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
28863 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
28864 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
28865 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
28866 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
28867 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
28868 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
28869 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
28870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28873 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28882 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28900 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28918 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28936 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28954 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28972 \begin_layout PlainLayout
28987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28990 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29008 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29026 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29044 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29062 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29080 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29098 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29116 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29134 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29152 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29168 <row topline="true">
29169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29172 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29190 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29199 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29208 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29217 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29234 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29251 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29268 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29285 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29302 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29311 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29320 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29329 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29346 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29363 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29380 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29397 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29412 <row topline="true">
29413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29416 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29434 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29443 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29452 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29469 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29486 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29503 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29520 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29537 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29554 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29563 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29572 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29589 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29606 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29623 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29640 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29657 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29672 <row topline="true">
29673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29676 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29694 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29703 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29712 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29721 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29732 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29749 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29766 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29783 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29800 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29817 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29826 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29835 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29844 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29861 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29878 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29895 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29912 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29927 <row topline="true">
29928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29931 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29949 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29958 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29967 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29984 \begin_layout PlainLayout
29998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30001 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30018 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30035 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30052 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30069 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30078 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30087 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30104 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30121 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30138 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30155 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30172 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30187 <row topline="true">
30188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30191 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30209 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30218 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30227 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30244 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30261 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30278 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30295 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30312 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30329 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30338 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30347 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30356 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30373 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30390 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30407 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30424 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30439 <row topline="true">
30440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30443 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30461 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30470 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30479 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30496 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30513 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30530 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30547 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30564 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30581 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30590 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30599 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30608 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30625 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30642 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30659 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30676 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30691 <row topline="true">
30692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30695 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30713 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30722 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30731 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30748 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30765 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30782 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30799 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30816 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30833 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30842 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30851 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30860 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30877 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30894 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30911 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30928 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30943 <row topline="true">
30944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30947 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30965 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30974 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30983 \begin_layout PlainLayout
30997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31000 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31017 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31034 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31051 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31068 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31085 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31094 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31103 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31120 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31137 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31154 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31171 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31188 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31203 <row topline="true">
31204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31207 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31225 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31234 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31243 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31260 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31277 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31294 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31311 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31328 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31345 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31354 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31363 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31380 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31397 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31414 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31431 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31448 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31463 <row topline="true">
31464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31467 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31485 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31494 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31503 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31520 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31537 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31554 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31571 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31588 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31605 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31614 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31623 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31640 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31657 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31674 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31691 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31708 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31723 <row topline="true">
31724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31727 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31745 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31754 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31763 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31780 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31797 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31814 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31831 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31848 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31865 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31874 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31883 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31900 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31917 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31934 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31951 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31968 \begin_layout PlainLayout
31983 <row topline="true">
31984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31987 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32005 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32014 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32023 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32040 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32057 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32074 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32091 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32108 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32125 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32134 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32143 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32160 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32177 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32194 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32211 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32228 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32243 <row topline="true">
32244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32247 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32265 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32274 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32283 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32300 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32317 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32334 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32353 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32370 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32387 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32396 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32405 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32422 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32439 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32456 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32473 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32490 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32505 <row topline="true">
32506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32509 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32527 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32536 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32545 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32562 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32579 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32596 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32613 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32630 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32647 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32656 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32665 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32674 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32691 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32708 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32725 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32742 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32757 <row topline="true">
32758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32761 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32779 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32788 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32797 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32814 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32831 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32848 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32865 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32882 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32899 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32908 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32917 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32934 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32951 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32968 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32985 \begin_layout PlainLayout
32999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33002 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33017 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
33018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33021 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33039 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33048 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33057 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33074 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33091 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33108 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33125 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33142 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33151 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33160 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33169 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33186 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33203 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33220 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33237 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33254 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33281 \begin_layout Standard
33282 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33284 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33285 also the characters from
33297 \begin_layout Itemize
33306 \begin_layout Standard
33307 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33308 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33314 \begin_layout Standard
33315 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33316 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33322 \begin_layout Standard
33323 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33324 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33330 \begin_layout Standard
33331 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33332 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33338 \begin_layout Standard
33340 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33346 \begin_layout Standard
33348 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33354 \begin_layout Standard
33356 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33363 \begin_layout Itemize
33376 \begin_layout Standard
33378 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33384 \begin_layout Standard
33386 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33392 \begin_layout Standard
33394 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33400 \begin_layout Standard
33402 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33408 \begin_layout Standard
33410 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33416 \begin_layout Standard
33418 \begin_inset Space \hfill{}
33425 \begin_layout Standard
33426 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
33427 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
33428 Also make sure you're using the
33435 \begin_layout Chapter
33438 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33440 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
33447 \begin_layout Standard
33448 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
33449 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
33450 inside the user's guide.
33453 \begin_layout Section
33458 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33467 \begin_layout Standard
33472 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
33473 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
33476 \begin_layout Subsection
33480 \begin_layout Standard
33481 Creates a new document.
33484 \begin_layout Subsection
33488 \begin_layout Standard
33489 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
33490 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
33491 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
33494 \begin_layout Subsection
33498 \begin_layout Standard
33502 \begin_layout Subsection
33506 \begin_layout Standard
33507 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
33508 Click there on a file to open it.
33511 \begin_layout Subsection
33515 \begin_layout Standard
33516 Closes the current document.
33519 \begin_layout Subsection
33523 \begin_layout Standard
33524 Saves the actual document.
33527 \begin_layout Subsection
33531 \begin_layout Standard
33532 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
33535 \begin_layout Subsection
33539 \begin_layout Standard
33540 Reloads the actual document from disk.
33543 \begin_layout Subsection
33547 \begin_layout Standard
33548 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
33549 It is described in the section
33551 Version Control in LyX
33556 \begin_inset Space ~
33564 \begin_layout Subsection
33568 \begin_layout Standard
33569 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
33570 text files (ASCII-files).
33571 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
33574 \begin_layout Standard
33575 When using the menu
33578 \begin_inset Space ~
33582 \begin_inset Space ~
33587 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
33588 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
33589 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
33590 will start a new paragraph.
33593 \begin_layout Subsection
33595 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33604 \begin_layout Standard
33605 You can export your document to various file formats.
33606 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
33607 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
33608 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
33611 \begin_layout Standard
33612 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
33614 \begin_inset Space ~
33618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33620 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
33627 \begin_layout Description
33631 \begin_inset Space ~
33636 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
33637 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
33640 \begin_layout Description
33648 \begin_layout Description
33649 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
33653 \begin_layout Description
33655 \begin_inset Space ~
33659 \begin_inset Space ~
33662 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
33666 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
33674 \begin_layout Description
33681 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33689 \begin_inset Space ~
33694 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
33695 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
33699 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
33702 \begin_layout Description
33709 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33717 \begin_inset Space ~
33722 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
33723 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
33731 \begin_layout Description
33733 \begin_inset Space ~
33736 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
33737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33744 is replaced by the version number)
33747 \begin_layout Description
33748 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
33761 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
33765 \begin_layout Description
33770 PDF-format using the program
33775 \begin_layout Description
33779 \begin_inset Space ~
33784 PDF-format using the program
33789 \begin_layout Description
33793 \begin_inset Space ~
33798 PDF-format using the program
33803 \begin_layout Description
33807 \begin_inset Space ~
33815 \begin_layout Description
33819 \begin_inset Space ~
33823 \begin_inset Space ~
33828 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
33829 and then exported as text using the program
33834 \begin_layout Description
33839 PostScript format using the program
33844 \begin_layout Description
33852 \begin_layout Standard
33857 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
33858 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
33864 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
33867 \begin_layout Standard
33868 If one of the menu entries
33875 \begin_inset Space ~
33884 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
33885 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
33886 \begin_inset Space ~
33890 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33892 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
33900 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33901 Reconfiguration of LyX
33909 \begin_layout Standard
33914 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
33915 the export program.
33918 \begin_layout Subsection
33922 \begin_layout Standard
33923 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
33924 or send it to a printer.
33925 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
33926 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
33932 For more informations have a look at section
33933 \begin_inset Space ~
33937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33939 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
33946 \begin_layout Subsection
33947 New and Close Window
33950 \begin_layout Standard
33951 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
33952 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
33955 \begin_layout Section
33960 \begin_layout PlainLayout
33969 \begin_layout Subsection
33973 \begin_layout Standard
33974 Described in section
33975 \begin_inset Space ~
33979 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33981 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
33988 \begin_layout Subsection
33989 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
33992 \begin_layout Standard
33993 Described in section
33994 \begin_inset Space ~
33998 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34000 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34007 \begin_layout Subsection
34011 \begin_layout Standard
34012 Selects the whole document.
34015 \begin_layout Subsection
34019 \begin_layout Standard
34020 Described in section
34021 \begin_inset Space ~
34025 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34027 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34034 \begin_layout Subsection
34035 Move paragraph Up/Down
34038 \begin_layout Standard
34039 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34043 \begin_layout Subsection
34047 \begin_layout Standard
34048 Described in section
34049 \begin_inset Space ~
34053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34055 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34062 \begin_layout Subsection
34067 \begin_layout PlainLayout
34068 Paragraph ! Settings
34076 \begin_layout Standard
34077 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34079 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34082 \begin_layout Standard
34083 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34084 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34087 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34093 \begin_inset Space ~
34101 \begin_layout Subsection
34105 \begin_layout Standard
34106 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34107 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34108 The properties of tables are described in section
34109 \begin_inset Space ~
34113 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34115 reference "sec:Tables"
34119 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34120 \begin_inset Space ~
34124 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34126 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34133 \begin_layout Subsection
34134 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34137 \begin_layout Standard
34138 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34140 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34141 \begin_inset Space ~
34145 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34147 reference "sec:Nesting"
34152 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34154 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34161 \begin_layout Section
34166 \begin_layout PlainLayout
34175 \begin_layout Standard
34180 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34181 document with an external program.
34182 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34183 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34184 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34185 \begin_inset Space ~
34189 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34191 reference "sub:Export"
34196 You should at least see the menu entries
34203 \begin_inset Space ~
34209 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34210 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34211 \begin_inset Space ~
34215 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34217 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34225 \begin_layout PlainLayout
34226 Reconfiguration of LyX
34234 \begin_layout Standard
34235 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34236 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34237 \begin_inset Space ~
34241 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34243 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34248 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34251 \begin_layout Standard
34252 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34255 At the bottom of the
34259 menu the opened documents are listed.
34262 \begin_layout Subsection
34266 \begin_layout Standard
34267 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34269 \begin_inset Space ~
34273 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34275 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34282 \begin_layout Subsection
34286 \begin_layout Standard
34287 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34288 opening a new view window.
34291 \begin_layout Subsection
34293 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34295 name "sub:Toolbars"
34303 \begin_layout PlainLayout
34312 \begin_layout Standard
34313 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34314 All toolbars and the
34317 \begin_inset Space ~
34322 can be turned on and off.
34327 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34339 \begin_inset Space ~
34348 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
34352 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
34359 \begin_layout Standard
34364 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
34368 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
34369 or when a certain feature is enabled.
34370 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
34371 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
34372 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
34375 \begin_layout Standard
34376 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
34377 \begin_inset Space ~
34381 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34383 reference "sec:Toolbars"
34390 \begin_layout Section
34395 \begin_layout PlainLayout
34404 \begin_layout Subsection
34408 \begin_layout Standard
34409 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
34410 \begin_inset Space ~
34414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34416 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34423 \begin_layout Subsection
34425 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34427 name "sub:Special-Character"
34434 \begin_layout Standard
34435 Here you can insert the following characters:
34438 \begin_layout Description
34439 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
34443 \begin_layout Description
34445 \begin_inset Space ~
34449 \begin_inset Space ~
34452 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
34453 \begin_inset Space ~
34457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34459 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
34466 \begin_layout Description
34468 \begin_inset Space ~
34471 Quote Inserts this quote:
34472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34475 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
34477 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34487 \begin_layout Description
34489 \begin_inset Space ~
34492 Quote Inserts this quote:
34493 \begin_inset Quotes els
34499 \begin_layout Description
34501 \begin_inset Space ~
34504 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
34508 \begin_layout Description
34510 \begin_inset Space ~
34517 \begin_layout PlainLayout
34527 \begin_layout PlainLayout
34528 Language ! Phonetic symbols
34533 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
34534 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
34535 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
34543 \begin_layout PlainLayout
34544 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
34551 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation
34555 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
34563 and this Wiki-page:
34566 \begin_inset Flex URL
34569 \begin_layout PlainLayout
34571 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
34579 \begin_layout Subsection
34583 \begin_layout Standard
34584 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
34587 \begin_layout Description
34588 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
34589 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
34595 \begin_layout Description
34596 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
34597 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
34603 \begin_layout Description
34605 \begin_inset Space ~
34608 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
34609 \begin_inset Space ~
34613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34615 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
34622 \begin_layout Description
34624 \begin_inset Space ~
34627 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
34628 \begin_inset Space ~
34632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34634 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
34641 \begin_layout Description
34643 \begin_inset Space ~
34646 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
34647 \begin_inset Space ~
34651 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34653 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
34660 \begin_layout Description
34662 \begin_inset Space ~
34665 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section
34666 \begin_inset Space ~
34670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34672 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
34679 \begin_layout Description
34681 \begin_inset Space ~
34684 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
34685 \begin_inset Space ~
34689 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34691 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
34698 \begin_layout Description
34700 \begin_inset Space ~
34703 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
34704 \begin_inset Space ~
34708 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34710 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
34717 \begin_layout Description
34719 \begin_inset Space ~
34722 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
34723 \begin_inset Space ~
34727 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34729 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
34736 \begin_layout Description
34738 \begin_inset Space ~
34741 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
34742 \begin_inset Space ~
34746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34748 reference "sub:Ligatures"
34755 \begin_layout Description
34757 \begin_inset Space ~
34760 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section
34761 \begin_inset Space ~
34765 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34767 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
34774 \begin_layout Description
34776 \begin_inset Space ~
34779 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section
34780 \begin_inset Space ~
34784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34786 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
34793 \begin_layout Description
34795 \begin_inset Space ~
34798 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section
34799 \begin_inset Space ~
34803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34805 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
34812 \begin_layout Description
34814 \begin_inset Space ~
34818 \begin_inset Space ~
34821 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
34822 \begin_inset Space ~
34826 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34828 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
34835 \begin_layout Subsection
34839 \begin_layout Standard
34840 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
34841 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
34843 \begin_inset Space ~
34847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34849 reference "sec:toc"
34854 The index list is described in section
34855 \begin_inset Space ~
34859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34861 reference "sec:Index"
34865 , the nomenclature in section
34866 \begin_inset Space ~
34870 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34872 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
34876 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
34877 \begin_inset Space ~
34881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34883 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
34890 \begin_layout Subsection
34894 \begin_layout Standard
34895 To insert floats, described in section
34896 \begin_inset Space ~
34900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34902 reference "sec:Floats"
34909 \begin_layout Subsection
34913 \begin_layout Standard
34914 To insert notes, described in section
34915 \begin_inset Space ~
34919 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34921 reference "sec:Notes"
34928 \begin_layout Subsection
34932 \begin_layout Standard
34933 Inserts branch insets as described in section
34934 \begin_inset Space ~
34938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34940 reference "sec:Branches"
34947 \begin_layout Subsection
34952 \begin_layout PlainLayout
34961 \begin_layout Standard
34962 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
34963 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
34974 \begin_layout Subsection
34979 \begin_layout PlainLayout
34988 \begin_layout Standard
34989 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
34990 \begin_inset Space ~
34994 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34996 reference "sec:Minipages"
35001 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35012 \begin_layout Subsection
35016 \begin_layout Standard
35017 Inserts a citation as described in section
35018 \begin_inset Space ~
35022 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35024 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35031 \begin_layout Subsection
35035 \begin_layout Standard
35036 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35037 \begin_inset Space ~
35041 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35043 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35050 \begin_layout Subsection
35054 \begin_layout Standard
35055 Inserts a label as described in section
35056 \begin_inset Space ~
35060 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35062 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35069 \begin_layout Subsection
35074 \begin_layout PlainLayout
35084 \begin_layout PlainLayout
35085 Longtables ! Caption
35093 \begin_layout Standard
35094 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35095 Floats are described in section
35096 \begin_inset Space ~
35100 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35102 reference "sec:Floats"
35106 , cations in longtables are described in section
35117 \begin_layout Subsection
35121 \begin_layout Standard
35122 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35123 \begin_inset Space ~
35127 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35129 reference "sec:Index"
35136 \begin_layout Subsection
35140 \begin_layout Standard
35141 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35142 \begin_inset Space ~
35146 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35148 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35155 \begin_layout Subsection
35159 \begin_layout Standard
35161 Tables are described in section
35162 \begin_inset Space ~
35166 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35168 reference "sec:Tables"
35175 \begin_layout Subsection
35179 \begin_layout Standard
35181 Graphics are described in section
35182 \begin_inset Space ~
35186 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35188 reference "sec:Graphics"
35195 \begin_layout Subsection
35199 \begin_layout Standard
35200 Inserts an URL box as described in section
35201 \begin_inset Space ~
35205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35207 reference "sec:URL"
35214 \begin_layout Subsection
35218 \begin_layout Standard
35219 Inserts a footnote, see section
35220 \begin_inset Space ~
35224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35226 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35233 \begin_layout Subsection
35237 \begin_layout Standard
35238 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35239 \begin_inset Space ~
35243 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35245 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35252 \begin_layout Subsection
35256 \begin_layout Standard
35257 Inserts a short title, see section
35258 \begin_inset Space ~
35262 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35264 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35271 \begin_layout Subsection
35275 \begin_layout Standard
35276 Inserts an ERT box, see section
35277 \begin_inset Space ~
35281 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35283 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
35290 \begin_layout Subsection
35295 \begin_layout PlainLayout
35304 \begin_layout Standard
35305 Inserts a program listings box.
35306 Program listings are explained in chapter
35308 Program Code Listings
35317 \begin_layout Subsection
35321 \begin_layout Standard
35322 Inserts the actual date.
35323 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
35325 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
35335 There the different methods are also compared.
35338 \begin_layout Section
35343 \begin_layout PlainLayout
35352 \begin_layout Standard
35353 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
35354 the current document.
35355 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
35358 \begin_layout Standard
35359 The Navigate menu also offers to
35362 \begin_layout Subsection
35366 \begin_layout Standard
35367 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
35368 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
35371 \begin_inset Space ~
35375 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
35376 \begin_inset Space ~
35379 2.5 and use the menu
35382 \begin_inset Space ~
35386 \begin_inset Space ~
35393 \begin_inset Space ~
35399 \begin_inset Space ~
35403 \begin_inset Space ~
35409 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
35421 \begin_layout Standard
35422 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
35423 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
35426 \begin_layout Subsection
35427 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
35430 \begin_layout Standard
35431 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
35435 \begin_layout Subsection
35439 \begin_layout Standard
35440 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
35441 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
35442 on a cross-reference box.
35445 \begin_layout Section
35450 \begin_layout PlainLayout
35459 \begin_layout Subsection
35463 \begin_layout Standard
35464 Change Tracking is described in section
35465 \begin_inset Space ~
35469 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35471 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
35478 \begin_layout Subsection
35483 \begin_layout PlainLayout
35493 \begin_layout Standard
35494 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
35496 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
35499 \begin_layout Standard
35500 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
35505 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
35508 \begin_layout Subsection
35512 \begin_layout Standard
35513 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
35514 \begin_inset Space ~
35518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35520 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
35527 \begin_layout Subsection
35528 Start Appendix Here
35531 \begin_layout Standard
35532 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
35533 position as described in section
35534 \begin_inset Space ~
35538 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35540 reference "sec:Appendices"
35547 \begin_layout Subsection
35551 \begin_layout Standard
35552 Un/compresses the actual document.
35555 \begin_layout Subsection
35557 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35559 name "sub:Settings"
35567 \begin_layout PlainLayout
35568 Document ! Settings
35576 \begin_layout Standard
35577 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
35579 You can save your document settings as default with the
35581 Save as Document Defaults
35583 button in the dialog.
35584 This will create a template named
35588 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
35592 \begin_layout Standard
35593 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
35596 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35600 \begin_layout Standard
35601 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
35602 Document classes are described in section
35603 \begin_inset Space ~
35607 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35609 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
35614 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
35619 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
35620 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
35623 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35627 \begin_layout Standard
35628 The document font settings are described in section
35629 \begin_inset Space ~
35633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35635 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
35642 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35646 \begin_layout Standard
35647 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
35649 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
35653 \begin_layout Standard
35654 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
35655 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
35656 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
35659 \begin_layout Standard
35660 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
35668 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35672 \begin_layout Standard
35673 A description of this menu is given in section
35674 \begin_inset Space ~
35678 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35680 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
35685 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35687 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
35694 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35698 \begin_layout Standard
35699 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
35700 \begin_inset Space ~
35704 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35706 reference "sub:Margins"
35713 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35718 \begin_layout PlainLayout
35719 Language ! Encoding
35727 \begin_layout Standard
35728 The document language and quote styles are set here.
35729 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
35730 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
35731 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
35732 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
35733 known for a particular character).
35737 \begin_layout PlainLayout
35738 The known commands are defined in a text file.
35739 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
35744 manual for details.
35752 \begin_layout Standard
35753 If you use the option
35755 use language's default encoding
35757 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
35759 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
35760 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
35761 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
35762 exactly one encoding.
35763 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
35771 \begin_layout PlainLayout
35772 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
35773 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
35775 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
35776 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35790 \begin_layout Standard
35791 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
35792 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
35793 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
35794 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
35795 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
35796 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
35799 use language's default encoding
35801 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
35802 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
35803 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
35806 \begin_layout Standard
35807 Here is a list with the important encodings:
35810 \begin_layout Description
35812 \begin_inset Space ~
35817 use language's default encoding
35819 , but the LaTeX-package
35827 \begin_layout PlainLayout
35828 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
35834 You probably need to load some other packages manually in the preamble.
35837 \begin_layout Description
35838 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
35841 \begin_layout Description
35842 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
35843 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
35846 \begin_layout Description
35847 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
35850 \begin_layout Description
35851 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
35854 \begin_layout Description
35855 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
35858 \begin_layout Description
35859 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
35862 \begin_layout Description
35863 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
35866 \begin_layout Description
35867 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
35868 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
35871 \begin_layout Description
35872 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
35873 Serbian, and Ukrainian
35876 \begin_layout Description
35877 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
35880 \begin_layout Description
35881 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
35884 \begin_layout Description
35885 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
35888 \begin_layout Description
35889 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
35892 \begin_layout Description
35893 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
35894 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
35895 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
35899 \begin_layout Description
35900 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
35901 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
35904 \begin_layout Description
35905 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
35909 \begin_layout Description
35910 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
35913 \begin_layout Description
35914 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
35915 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
35918 \begin_layout Description
35919 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
35920 the euro currency sign, the
35924 \begin_layout PlainLayout
35933 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
35934 be the replacement for latin1
35937 \begin_layout Description
35938 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
35941 \begin_layout Description
35942 utf8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
35950 \begin_layout PlainLayout
35951 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
35956 (first variant, for latin symbols and some others).
35959 \begin_layout Description
35960 utf8x Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
35964 (second variant, for greek and CJK symbols and some others).
35967 \begin_layout Description
35968 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
35976 \begin_layout PlainLayout
35977 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
35982 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
35985 \begin_layout Description
35986 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
35990 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
35998 \begin_layout PlainLayout
35999 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36000 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36014 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36018 \begin_layout Standard
36019 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
36021 \begin_inset Space ~
36025 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36027 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36034 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36038 \begin_layout Standard
36039 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
36045 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36046 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
36061 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36062 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
36068 For a further description see section
36069 \begin_inset Space ~
36073 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36075 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36082 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36086 \begin_layout Standard
36087 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
36093 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36094 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
36107 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36108 LaTeX-packages ! esint
36115 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
36118 \begin_layout Standard
36123 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
36124 assure that you have enabled AMS.
36127 \begin_layout Standard
36132 is used for special integral characters.
36135 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36139 \begin_layout Standard
36140 The float placement options are described in section
36141 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36145 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36147 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
36154 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36158 \begin_layout Standard
36159 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
36160 The itemize environment is described in section
36161 \begin_inset Space ~
36165 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36167 reference "sec:Itemize"
36174 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36178 \begin_layout Standard
36179 Branches are described in section
36180 \begin_inset Space ~
36184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36186 reference "sec:Branches"
36193 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36198 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36208 \begin_layout Standard
36209 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
36210 to define LaTeX-commands.
36211 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
36212 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
36216 \begin_layout Standard
36217 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
36218 \begin_inset Space ~
36222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36224 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
36231 \begin_layout Section
36236 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36245 \begin_layout Subsection
36249 \begin_layout Standard
36250 Spell checking is explained in section
36251 \begin_inset Space ~
36255 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36257 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36264 \begin_layout Subsection
36268 \begin_layout Standard
36269 The thesaurus is described in section
36270 \begin_inset Space ~
36274 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36276 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36283 \begin_layout Subsection
36288 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36297 \begin_layout Standard
36298 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
36302 \begin_layout Subsection
36307 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36318 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36323 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36336 \begin_inset Note Note
36339 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36340 Fix this Index entry when bug 4600 is fixed!
36348 \begin_layout Standard
36349 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36352 \begin_layout Subsection
36357 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36358 Reconfiguration of LyX
36367 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36368 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36372 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36379 Reconfiguration of LyX
36383 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36398 \begin_layout Standard
36399 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36400 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36401 \begin_inset Space ~
36405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36407 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36414 \begin_layout Subsection
36418 \begin_layout Standard
36419 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
36420 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36424 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36426 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36433 \begin_layout Section
36438 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36447 \begin_layout Standard
36448 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36452 \begin_layout Standard
36456 \begin_inset Space ~
36461 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
36462 found by LyX (see also section
36463 \begin_inset Space ~
36467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36469 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36476 \begin_layout Section
36478 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36480 name "sec:Toolbars"
36487 \begin_layout Standard
36488 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36489 \begin_inset Space ~
36493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36495 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36502 \begin_layout Standard
36503 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36504 This is described in the
36512 \begin_layout Subsection
36517 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36526 \begin_layout Standard
36527 \begin_inset Graphics
36528 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36537 \begin_layout Standard
36538 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36544 \begin_layout Standard
36545 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36550 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36562 \begin_inset Note Note
36565 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36566 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36571 manual for more information.
36579 \begin_layout Standard
36580 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36586 \begin_layout Standard
36587 \begin_inset Tabular
36588 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36589 <features islongtable="true">
36590 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36591 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36596 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36597 \begin_inset Graphics
36598 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36612 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36613 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
36626 \begin_layout Standard
36627 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36633 \begin_layout Standard
36635 \begin_inset Tabular
36636 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36637 <features islongtable="true">
36638 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36639 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36640 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36644 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36647 \begin_inset Graphics
36648 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36650 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36662 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36665 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36672 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36676 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36677 \begin_inset Graphics
36678 filename ../images/file-open.png
36680 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36692 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36695 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36702 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36706 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36707 \begin_inset Graphics
36708 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
36710 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36722 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36725 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36732 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36736 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36737 \begin_inset Graphics
36738 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
36740 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
36749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36752 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36755 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36762 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36766 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36767 \begin_inset Graphics
36768 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
36770 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36782 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36785 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36792 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36796 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36797 \begin_inset Graphics
36798 filename ../images/undo.png
36800 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36812 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36815 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36822 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36826 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36827 \begin_inset Graphics
36828 filename ../images/redo.png
36830 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36842 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36845 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36852 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36856 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36857 \begin_inset Graphics
36858 filename ../images/cut.png
36860 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36872 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36875 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36882 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36886 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36887 \begin_inset Graphics
36888 filename ../images/copy.png
36890 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36902 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36905 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36912 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36916 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36917 \begin_inset Graphics
36918 filename ../images/paste.png
36920 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36932 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36935 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36942 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36946 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36947 \begin_inset Graphics
36948 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
36950 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36951 rotateOrigin center
36960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36963 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36966 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36968 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
36972 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
36981 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36985 \begin_layout PlainLayout
36986 \begin_inset Graphics
36987 filename ../images/font-emph.png
36989 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37001 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37002 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37004 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37006 \begin_inset Space ~
37017 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37021 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37022 \begin_inset Graphics
37023 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37025 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37037 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37038 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37040 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37042 \begin_inset Space ~
37053 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37057 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37058 \begin_inset Graphics
37059 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
37061 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37073 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37074 Formats text using the current settings in the
37076 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37078 \begin_inset Space ~
37089 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37093 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37094 \begin_inset Graphics
37095 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37097 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37109 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37112 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37113 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37115 \begin_inset Space ~
37124 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37128 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37129 \begin_inset Graphics
37130 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37132 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37133 rotateOrigin center
37142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37145 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37148 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37155 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37159 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37160 \begin_inset Graphics
37161 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37163 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37164 rotateOrigin center
37173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37176 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37179 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37186 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37190 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37191 \begin_inset Graphics
37192 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37194 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37195 rotateOrigin center
37204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37207 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37208 Toggle outline window on/off,
37210 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37217 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37221 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37222 \begin_inset Graphics
37223 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37225 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37226 rotateOrigin center
37235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37238 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37239 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37245 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37249 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37250 \begin_inset Graphics
37251 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37253 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37254 rotateOrigin center
37263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37266 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37267 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37280 \begin_layout Subsection
37285 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37294 \begin_layout Standard
37295 \begin_inset Graphics
37296 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37305 \begin_layout Standard
37306 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37312 \begin_layout Standard
37313 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37317 \begin_layout Standard
37318 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37324 \begin_layout Standard
37325 \begin_inset Tabular
37326 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
37327 <features islongtable="true">
37328 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37329 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37330 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37334 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37335 \begin_inset Graphics
37336 filename ../images/layout.png
37338 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37339 rotateOrigin center
37348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37351 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37358 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37362 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37363 \begin_inset Graphics
37364 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37366 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37367 rotateOrigin center
37376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37379 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37386 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37390 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37391 \begin_inset Graphics
37392 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37394 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37395 rotateOrigin center
37404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37407 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37414 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37418 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37419 \begin_inset Graphics
37420 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37422 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37423 rotateOrigin center
37432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37435 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37442 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37446 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37447 \begin_inset Graphics
37448 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37450 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37451 rotateOrigin center
37460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37463 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37470 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37474 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37475 \begin_inset Graphics
37476 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37478 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37479 rotateOrigin center
37488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37491 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37494 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37496 \begin_inset Space ~
37500 \begin_inset Space ~
37509 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37513 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37514 \begin_inset Graphics
37515 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37517 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37518 rotateOrigin center
37527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37530 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37533 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37535 \begin_inset Space ~
37539 \begin_inset Space ~
37548 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37552 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37553 \begin_inset Graphics
37554 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37556 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37568 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37571 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37572 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37579 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37583 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37584 \begin_inset Graphics
37585 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37587 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37599 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37602 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37603 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37610 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37614 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37615 \begin_inset Graphics
37616 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37618 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37630 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37633 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37640 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37644 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37645 \begin_inset Graphics
37646 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37648 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37660 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37663 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37670 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37674 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37675 \begin_inset Graphics
37676 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37678 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37690 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37693 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37700 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37704 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37705 \begin_inset Graphics
37706 filename ../images/index-insert.png
37708 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37720 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37723 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37725 \begin_inset Space ~
37734 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37738 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37739 \begin_inset Graphics
37740 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
37742 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37754 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37757 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37759 \begin_inset Space ~
37768 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37772 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37773 \begin_inset Graphics
37774 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
37776 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37788 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37791 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37798 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37802 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37803 \begin_inset Graphics
37804 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
37806 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37807 rotateOrigin center
37816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37819 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37822 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37824 \begin_inset Space ~
37833 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37837 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37838 \begin_inset Graphics
37839 filename ../images/note-insert.png
37841 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37853 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37856 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37857 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37859 \begin_inset Space ~
37868 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37872 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37873 \begin_inset Graphics
37874 filename ../images/box-insert.png
37876 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37888 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37891 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37898 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37902 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37903 \begin_inset Graphics
37904 filename ../images/url-insert.png
37906 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37918 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37921 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37928 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37932 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37933 \begin_inset Graphics
37934 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
37936 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37948 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37951 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37958 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37973 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37977 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37978 \begin_inset Graphics
37979 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
37981 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37993 \begin_layout PlainLayout
37996 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37997 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37999 \begin_inset Space ~
38008 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38012 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38013 \begin_inset Graphics
38014 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38016 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38017 rotateOrigin center
38026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38029 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38032 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38034 \begin_inset Space ~
38043 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38047 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38048 \begin_inset Graphics
38049 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38051 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38052 rotateOrigin center
38061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38064 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38067 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38069 \begin_inset Space ~
38078 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38082 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38083 \begin_inset Graphics
38084 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38086 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38087 rotateOrigin center
38096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38099 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38102 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38116 \begin_layout Subsection
38117 View / Update Toolbar
38121 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38122 Toolbar ! View / Update
38130 \begin_layout Standard
38131 \begin_inset Graphics
38132 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38140 \begin_layout Standard
38141 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38147 \begin_layout Standard
38148 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38152 \begin_layout Standard
38153 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38159 \begin_layout Standard
38160 \begin_inset Tabular
38161 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38162 <features islongtable="true">
38163 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38164 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38165 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38169 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38170 \begin_inset Graphics
38171 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38173 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38174 rotateOrigin center
38183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38186 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38189 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38196 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38200 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38201 \begin_inset Graphics
38202 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38204 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38205 rotateOrigin center
38214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38217 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38220 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38221 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38228 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38232 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38233 \begin_inset Graphics
38234 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38236 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38237 rotateOrigin center
38246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38249 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38252 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38259 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38263 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38264 \begin_inset Graphics
38265 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38267 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38268 rotateOrigin center
38277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38280 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38283 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38284 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38289 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38290 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
38291 functionality is merged with
38293 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38308 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38312 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38313 \begin_inset Graphics
38314 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38316 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38317 rotateOrigin center
38326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38329 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38332 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38339 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38343 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38344 \begin_inset Graphics
38345 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38347 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38348 rotateOrigin center
38357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38360 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38363 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38364 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38378 \begin_layout Subsection
38382 \begin_layout Standard
38383 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38384 \begin_inset Space ~
38388 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38390 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38394 , the table toolbar
38398 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38404 is explained in the
38411 \begin_layout Chapter
38417 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38419 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38427 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38436 \begin_layout Standard
38437 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38439 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
38442 \begin_layout Section
38446 \begin_layout Subsection
38448 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38458 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38459 Customization ! of toolbars
38468 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38469 Customization ! of menus
38477 \begin_layout Standard
38478 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38481 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38486 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
38494 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38495 User Interface File
38499 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38500 Customization ! of toolbars
38509 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38510 Customization ! of menus
38518 \begin_layout Standard
38519 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
38520 interface (ui) file.
38521 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
38522 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
38531 Both files are loaded by the
38536 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
38537 files and edit the entries.
38540 \begin_layout Standard
38541 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
38553 entries must be ended with an explicit
38578 and in the case of the
38579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38591 The syntax for the entries is:
38594 \begin_layout Standard
38595 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38601 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38623 \begin_layout Standard
38625 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38628 All LyX-functions are listed in
38629 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38638 \begin_layout Standard
38639 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
38645 \begin_layout Standard
38646 An example: Assuming you use the menu
38648 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38651 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
38655 \begin_layout Standard
38656 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38661 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
38664 \begin_layout Standard
38666 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38669 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
38672 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38677 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38686 \begin_layout Standard
38687 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
38688 Several binding files are available:
38691 \begin_layout Description
38692 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
38695 \begin_layout Description
38696 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
38707 \begin_layout Description
38708 mac.bind set of bindings for
38711 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38719 \begin_layout Standard
38720 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
38724 , and bind files for special languages.
38725 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
38727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38735 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
38739 \begin_layout Standard
38740 Some bind-files, like
38744 , have only a small scope.
38745 When looking at the the end of the file
38749 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
38752 \begin_layout Standard
38753 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
38754 s with a text editor.
38755 The syntax of the entries is:
38758 \begin_layout Standard
38764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38782 \begin_layout Standard
38783 All LyX-functions are listed in
38784 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38793 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38797 \begin_layout Standard
38801 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38805 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38808 restore window size, or use fixed size
38810 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
38814 \begin_layout Standard
38818 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38822 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
38825 restore window position
38827 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
38830 \begin_layout Standard
38833 Restore cursor positions
38835 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
38839 \begin_layout Standard
38842 Load opened files from last session
38844 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
38847 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38851 name "sub:Backup documents"
38859 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38868 \begin_layout Standard
38873 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
38876 \begin_layout Standard
38881 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
38884 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38886 \begin_inset Space ~
38894 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38898 \begin_layout Standard
38901 Cursor follows scrollbar
38903 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
38907 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38911 \begin_layout Standard
38914 Enable Pixmap Cache
38916 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
38917 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
38918 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
38919 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
38921 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
38922 \begin_inset Space ~
38928 \begin_layout Subsection
38933 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38940 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38942 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
38949 \begin_layout Standard
38950 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
38953 \begin_layout Standard
38954 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38957 \begin_layout PlainLayout
38962 This section only deals with the fonts
38967 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
38970 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38971 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38982 \begin_layout Standard
38983 By default, LyX uses
38987 as roman (serif) font,
38995 (depends on the system) as
38998 \begin_inset Space ~
39014 \begin_layout Standard
39015 You can change the font size with the
39022 \begin_layout Standard
39027 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
39028 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
39030 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39033 points have the size of 1
39034 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39038 \begin_inset Space ~
39042 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39044 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
39051 \begin_layout Standard
39056 are the same as if a document font size of 10
39057 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
39061 The sizes are explained in detail in section
39062 \begin_inset Space ~
39066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39068 reference "sub:Document-Font"
39075 \begin_layout Subsection
39080 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39090 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39099 \begin_layout Standard
39100 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
39101 Choose an item in the list and use the
39108 \begin_layout Subsection
39113 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39114 Settings ! Graphics
39122 \begin_layout Standard
39123 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
39126 \begin_layout Standard
39131 enables previewing snippets of your document.
39132 This feature is described in section
39133 \begin_inset Space ~
39137 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39139 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39146 \begin_layout Subsection
39151 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39161 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39162 Settings ! Keyboard Map
39168 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39170 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
39177 \begin_layout Standard
39178 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
39179 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
39181 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39185 \begin_inset Space ~
39188 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
39189 can use the keyboard map file named
39196 \begin_layout Standard
39197 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39200 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39205 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
39213 \begin_layout Section
39218 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39228 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39229 Settings ! Directory
39237 \begin_layout Description
39239 \begin_inset Space ~
39242 directory This is LyX's working directory.
39243 It is the default when you
39254 \begin_inset Space ~
39262 \begin_layout Description
39264 \begin_inset Space ~
39267 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
39269 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39271 \begin_inset Space ~
39275 \begin_inset Space ~
39283 \begin_layout Description
39285 \begin_inset Space ~
39292 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39298 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
39299 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
39300 \begin_inset Space ~
39304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39306 reference "sub:Backup documents"
39314 will be used to save the backups.
39316 The backup files have the ending
39317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39327 \begin_layout Description
39332 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39339 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
39340 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
39343 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39346 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39351 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
39359 \begin_layout Description
39361 \begin_inset Space ~
39364 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
39367 \begin_layout Description
39369 \begin_inset Space ~
39372 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
39373 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
39374 to find it on the system.
39375 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
39376 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
39378 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39382 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39385 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
39386 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
39390 \begin_layout Section
39394 \begin_layout Standard
39395 Here you can insert your name and email address.
39396 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
39398 \begin_inset Space ~
39402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39404 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39408 , to mark changes you make as yours.
39411 \begin_layout Section
39416 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39417 Language ! Settings
39426 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39427 Settings ! Language
39435 \begin_layout Subsection
39439 \begin_layout Description
39441 \begin_inset Space ~
39444 language is the language used in new documents
39447 \begin_layout Description
39449 \begin_inset Space ~
39452 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
39454 The default is the LaTeX-command
39460 that loads the package
39468 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39469 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
39470 \begin_inset Space ~
39474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39476 reference "sec:ERT"
39491 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
39492 the document language.
39493 A text label is for instance the word
39494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39501 at the beginning of every table-caption.
39504 \begin_layout Description
39506 \begin_inset Space ~
39509 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
39510 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
39511 An example is the start command
39517 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
39522 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39537 selectlanguage{$$lang}
39542 \begin_layout Description
39544 \begin_inset Space ~
39552 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
39553 command toggles the package on and off.
39556 \begin_layout Description
39558 \begin_inset Space ~
39568 \begin_layout Description
39569 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
39570 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
39571 used by all LaTeX-packages.
39572 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
39579 \begin_layout Description
39581 \begin_inset Space ~
39584 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
39586 When this option is not set, the
39589 \begin_inset Space ~
39594 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
39595 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
39598 \begin_inset Space ~
39606 \begin_layout Description
39608 \begin_inset Space ~
39614 \begin_inset Space ~
39620 When it is not set, the
39623 \begin_inset Space ~
39628 is set to the end of the document.
39631 \begin_layout Description
39633 \begin_inset Space ~
39637 \begin_inset Space ~
39640 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
39641 language will be underlined blue.
39644 \begin_layout Description
39646 \begin_inset Space ~
39650 \begin_inset Space ~
39654 \begin_inset Space ~
39658 \begin_inset Space ~
39661 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
39665 \begin_layout Subsection
39669 \begin_layout Standard
39670 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
39671 \begin_inset Space ~
39675 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39677 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
39684 \begin_layout Section
39688 \begin_layout Subsection
39690 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39700 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39710 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39719 \begin_layout Description
39721 \begin_inset Space ~
39724 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
39725 The name will be used when the
39732 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39735 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39740 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
39749 \begin_layout Description
39751 \begin_inset Space ~
39755 \begin_inset Space ~
39759 \begin_inset Space ~
39762 printer This option works only for the
39767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39779 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
39780 This is an option only for dvips experts.
39783 \begin_layout Description
39785 \begin_inset Space ~
39788 command is the command LyX
39789 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39793 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
39796 LaTeX uses for printing.
39797 The default is on most systems
39804 \begin_layout Description
39806 \begin_inset Space ~
39810 \begin_inset Space ~
39813 Options Here you can specify printer options.
39814 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
39815 of the program that provides the
39822 \begin_layout Subsection
39827 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39837 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39838 Settings ! Date format
39846 \begin_layout Standard
39847 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
39850 \begin_inset Flex URL
39853 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39855 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
39862 For example the format
39866 prints the date as day/month/year.
39869 \begin_layout Subsection
39873 \begin_layout Description
39875 \begin_inset Space ~
39879 \begin_inset Space ~
39882 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
39885 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39886 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39888 \begin_inset Space ~
39894 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
39898 \begin_layout Description
39900 \begin_inset Space ~
39903 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
39908 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
39909 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
39912 \begin_layout Subsection
39917 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39925 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39927 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
39935 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39944 \begin_layout Description
39949 \begin_layout PlainLayout
39957 \begin_inset Space ~
39960 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
39965 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
39987 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
39988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40000 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
40001 LyX sets up in the background.
40002 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
40005 \begin_layout Description
40007 \begin_inset Space ~
40011 \begin_inset Space ~
40014 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
40019 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
40022 \begin_layout Description
40024 \begin_inset Space ~
40028 \begin_inset Space ~
40032 \begin_inset Space ~
40036 \begin_inset Space ~
40040 \begin_inset Space ~
40044 \begin_inset Space ~
40047 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
40049 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40052 dialog when changing the document class.
40055 \begin_layout Standard
40058 External Applications
40060 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
40061 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
40062 manuals of the applications.
40063 Currently the following commands can be set:
40066 \begin_layout Description
40071 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40079 \begin_inset Space ~
40082 command Command for the program
40086 that is described in section
40097 \begin_layout Description
40102 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40110 \begin_inset Space ~
40113 command Command for the program
40117 that generates the bibliography, see section
40118 \begin_inset Space ~
40122 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40124 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40131 \begin_layout Description
40133 \begin_inset Space ~
40136 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
40137 \begin_inset Space ~
40141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40143 reference "sub:Index-Program"
40150 \begin_layout Description
40152 \begin_inset Space ~
40156 \begin_inset Space ~
40160 \begin_inset Space ~
40164 \begin_inset Space ~
40167 options They only have an effect when the program
40171 is used as DVI-viewer.
40174 \begin_layout Subsection
40179 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40189 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40198 \begin_layout Standard
40203 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
40206 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
40208 uses the Windows path style:
40211 \begin_layout Standard
40219 \begin_layout Standard
40220 instead of the Unix path style:
40223 \begin_layout Standard
40227 \begin_layout Section
40232 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40241 \begin_layout Standard
40242 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
40243 from one format to another.
40244 You can modify them or create new ones.
40245 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
40252 \begin_inset Space ~
40262 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
40266 \begin_inset Space ~
40271 drop-down list, modify the
40275 field, and press the
40282 \begin_layout Standard
40285 Converter File Cache
40287 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
40290 Maximum Age (in days
40293 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
40294 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
40297 \begin_layout Standard
40298 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
40299 the converter definition, is described in section
40310 \begin_layout Section
40315 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40322 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40324 name "sec:File-Formats"
40331 \begin_layout Standard
40332 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
40333 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
40335 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
40343 \begin_inset Space ~
40355 \begin_layout Standard
40356 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
40357 is described in section
40368 \begin_layout Section
40373 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40382 \begin_layout Standard
40383 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
40384 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
40385 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
40386 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
40387 This is done by a Copier.
40390 \begin_layout Standard
40391 More about converters is described in section
40402 \begin_layout Chapter
40403 Units available in LyX
40407 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40414 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40416 name "cha:Units-available-in"
40423 \begin_layout Standard
40424 To understand the units described in this documentation,
40425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40427 reference "cap:Units"
40431 explains all units available in LyX.
40434 \begin_layout Standard
40435 \begin_inset Float table
40441 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40442 \begin_inset Caption
40444 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40445 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40459 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40460 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40466 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40468 \begin_inset Tabular
40469 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
40471 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
40472 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
40473 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
40474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40477 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40486 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40493 <row topline="true">
40494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40497 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40506 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40513 <row topline="true">
40514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40517 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40526 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40533 <row topline="true">
40534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40537 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40546 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40553 <row topline="true">
40554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40557 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40566 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40568 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40572 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40581 <row topline="true">
40582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40585 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40594 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40596 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40600 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40609 <row topline="true">
40610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40613 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40622 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40623 scaled point (65536
40624 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40628 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40637 <row topline="true">
40638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40641 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40650 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40652 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40656 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40665 <row topline="true">
40666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40669 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40678 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40680 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40684 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
40688 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40697 <row topline="true">
40698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40701 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40710 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40712 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40716 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40725 <row topline="true">
40726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40729 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40738 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40739 % of original image width
40745 <row topline="true">
40746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40749 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40758 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40765 <row topline="true">
40766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40769 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40778 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40785 <row topline="true">
40786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40789 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40798 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40805 <row topline="true">
40806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40809 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40818 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40825 <row topline="true">
40826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40829 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40838 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40845 <row topline="true">
40846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40849 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40858 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40865 <row topline="true">
40866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40869 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40878 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40889 <row topline="true">
40890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40893 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40902 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40913 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
40914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40917 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40926 \begin_layout PlainLayout
40928 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40932 \begin_inset Space \thinspace{}
40953 \begin_layout Chapter
40955 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40964 \begin_layout Standard
40965 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
40966 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
40969 \begin_layout Itemize
40972 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
40975 \begin_layout Itemize
40981 \begin_layout Itemize
40987 \begin_layout Itemize
40993 \begin_layout Itemize
40999 \begin_layout Itemize
41005 \begin_layout Itemize
41011 \begin_layout Itemize
41017 \begin_layout Itemize
41020 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
41023 \begin_layout Itemize
41029 \begin_layout Itemize
41035 \begin_layout Itemize
41041 \begin_layout Itemize
41047 \begin_layout Itemize
41053 \begin_layout Itemize
41059 \begin_layout Itemize
41065 \begin_layout Itemize
41071 \begin_layout Itemize
41073 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41082 \begin_layout Standard
41085 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
41092 \begin_layout Bibliography
41093 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41094 LatexCommand bibitem
41101 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41104 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
41111 \begin_inset Flex URL
41114 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41116 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
41124 \begin_layout Bibliography
41125 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41126 LatexCommand bibitem
41127 key "latexcompanion"
41131 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
41133 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
41136 Addison-Wesley, 2004
41139 \begin_layout Bibliography
41140 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41141 LatexCommand bibitem
41146 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
41149 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
41152 Addison-Wesley, 2003
41155 \begin_layout Bibliography
41156 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41157 LatexCommand bibitem
41164 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
41167 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
41170 \begin_layout Bibliography
41171 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41172 LatexCommand bibitem
41184 Addison-Wesley, 1984
41187 \begin_layout Bibliography
41188 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41189 LatexCommand bibitem
41197 \begin_inset Flex URL
41200 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41202 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
41210 \begin_layout Bibliography
41211 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41212 LatexCommand bibitem
41220 \begin_inset Flex URL
41223 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41225 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
41233 \begin_layout Bibliography
41234 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41235 LatexCommand bibitem
41241 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41243 name "Documentation"
41244 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
41255 \begin_inset Flex URL
41258 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41260 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
41268 \begin_layout Bibliography
41269 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41270 LatexCommand bibitem
41276 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41278 name "Documentation"
41279 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
41283 of the LaTeX-package
41291 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41292 LaTeX-packages ! caption
41300 \begin_inset Flex URL
41303 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41305 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
41313 \begin_layout Bibliography
41314 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41315 LatexCommand bibitem
41321 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41323 name "Documentation"
41324 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
41328 of the LaTeX-package
41336 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41337 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
41345 \begin_inset Flex URL
41348 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41350 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
41358 \begin_layout Bibliography
41359 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41360 LatexCommand bibitem
41366 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41368 name "Documentation"
41369 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
41373 of the LaTeX-package
41381 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41382 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
41390 \begin_inset Flex URL
41393 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41395 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
41403 \begin_layout Bibliography
41404 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41405 LatexCommand bibitem
41411 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41413 name "Documentation"
41414 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
41418 of the LaTeX-package
41426 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41427 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
41435 \begin_inset Flex URL
41438 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41440 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
41448 \begin_layout Bibliography
41449 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41450 LatexCommand bibitem
41456 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41458 name "Documentation"
41459 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
41463 of the LaTeX-package
41471 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41472 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
41480 \begin_inset Flex URL
41483 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41485 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
41493 \begin_layout Bibliography
41494 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41495 LatexCommand bibitem
41501 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41504 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
41508 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
41511 \begin_inset Flex URL
41514 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41516 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
41524 \begin_layout Bibliography
41525 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41526 LatexCommand bibitem
41532 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41535 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
41539 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
41542 \begin_inset Flex URL
41545 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41547 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
41555 \begin_layout Bibliography
41556 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41557 LatexCommand bibitem
41563 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41566 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
41570 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
41573 \begin_inset Flex URL
41576 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41578 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
41586 \begin_layout Bibliography
41587 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41588 LatexCommand bibitem
41594 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41597 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
41601 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
41604 \begin_inset Flex URL
41607 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41609 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
41617 \begin_layout Bibliography
41618 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41619 LatexCommand bibitem
41625 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41628 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
41632 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
41635 \begin_inset Flex URL
41638 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41640 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
41648 \begin_layout Bibliography
41649 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41650 LatexCommand bibitem
41656 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41659 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
41663 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
41666 \begin_inset Flex URL
41669 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41671 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
41679 \begin_layout Bibliography
41680 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41681 LatexCommand bibitem
41687 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41690 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
41694 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
41697 \begin_inset Flex URL
41700 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41702 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
41710 \begin_layout Bibliography
41711 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41712 LatexCommand bibitem
41718 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41721 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
41725 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
41728 \begin_inset Flex URL
41731 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41733 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
41741 \begin_layout Standard
41748 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41759 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41775 \begin_inset Note Note
41778 \begin_layout PlainLayout
41785 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
41786 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
41787 bibliography is the second one:
41795 \begin_layout Standard
41796 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
41797 LatexCommand bibtex
41798 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs.bib"
41799 options "biblio/alphadin"
41806 \begin_layout Standard
41807 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
41810 \begin_layout Standard
41813 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
41814 LatexCommand printnomenclature
41819 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
41820 LatexCommand printindex